new & forthcoming titles spring 2021 - Brepols Publishers

61
A 1 January - 30 June 2 021 NEW & FORTHCOMING TITLES SPRING 2021 MEDIEVAL STUDIES LANGUAGES & LITERATURE BOOK HISTORY & MANUSCRIPT STUDIES ART HISTORY ARCHAEOLOGY RELIGIOUS STUDIES, THEOLOGY & MONASTICISM PHILOSOPHY & HISTORY OF SCIENCE CLASSICS CORPVS CHRISTIANORVM RENAISSANCE & EARLY MODERN STUDIES MUSIC HISTORY

Transcript of new & forthcoming titles spring 2021 - Brepols Publishers

A

1 J a n u a r y - 3 0 J u n e 2 0 2 1

NEW & FORTHCOMING T I T L E S S P R I N G 2 0 2 1

MEDIEVAL STUDIES LANGUAGES & LITERATURE BOOK HISTORY & MANUSCRIPT STUDIES ART HISTORY ARCHAEOLOGY RELIGIOUS STUDIES, THEOLOGY & MONASTICISM PHILOSOPHY & HISTORY OF SCIENCE CL ASSICS CORPVS CHRISTIANORVM RENAISSANCE & EARLY MODERN STUDIES MUSIC HISTORY

B

MEDIEVAL STUDIES 2

LANGUAGES & LITERATURE 7

BOOK HISTORY & MANUSCRIPT STUDIES 11

ART HISTORY 14

ARCHAEOLOGY 23

RELIGIOUS STUDIES, THEOLOGY & MONASTICISM 27

PHILOSOPHY & HISTORY OF SCIENCE 36

CLASSICS 39

CORPVS CHRISTIANORVM 42

RENAISSANCE & EARLY MODERN STUDIES 47

MUSIC HISTORY 50

PREVIOUSLY ANNOUNCED PUBLICATIONS 52

ORDER FORM 57

Scope of this catalogue1 January - 30 June 2021 (unless otherwise stated)As a rule, publications already mentioned in previous Forthcoming Titles Catalogues are not repeated.

Websiteswww.brepols.netwww.brepolis.net (Databases)www.brepolsonline.net (eBooks & eJournals)

E-Newsletter

Subscribe to our free E-Newsletter: [email protected]

Please specify your fi eld(s) of interest.

Table of Contents

www.corpuschristianorum.orgwww.harveymillerpublishers.com

Dear customer,

We are pleased to share with you our Forthcoming Titles Catalogue for Spring 2021. This contains details of our new and forthcoming publications up to and including June 2021. The vast majority of our publications are available both in print and as eBooks (please check the bibliographic information at the bottom of each page for more information). As a general rule, our eBooks retail at the same price as our print books, and are made available online at the same time or just after the release of the printed book. You can fi nd our eBooks and eJournals online at www.brepolsonline.net.

If you are purchasing on behalf of a library, you may also be interested in fi nding out more about our eBook Collections, all of which provide a ‘Collection discount’. In addition to our full eBook collection (which provides libraries with c. 100 eBooks per year), we also offer more specialized packages such as our Medieval Collection and Miscellany Collection, as well as providing the opportunity for you to pick and choose your own collection. Please consult our website at www.brepols.net for an up-to-date list of titles, and do not hesitate to contact us on [email protected] for a further information or a price quotation.

ConferencesDue to the ongoing covid pandemic, most of the academic and library conferences that Brepols usually attends in the spring will take place virtually. We try to participate in these online alternatives as fully as possible. An overview of the most important congresses can be found on our website.

RemindersFor your convenience, at the end of this catalogue we have included a list of titles published between January 1 and June 30 2021, but that were advertised in previous Forthcoming Titles Catalogues.

Follow us on

NEW & FORTHCOMING T IT L E S S P R I N G 2 0 2 1

1 J a n u a r y - 3 0 J u n e 2 0 2 1

2

268 p., 11 b/w ills, 5 col. ills, 156 x 234 mm, 2021, € 75ISBN 978-2-503-59057-8 (HB) / eISBN 978-2-503-59058-5Series: Medieval Identities: Socio-Cultural Spaces, vol. 9In Preparation

Meanings of Water in Early Medieval England Carolyn Twomey, Daniel Anlezark (eds)

An interdisciplinary approach to the complex mean-ings of water in the early medieval cultural land-scape of England.

Water is both a practical and symbolic element. Whether a drop blessed by saintly relics or a river flowing to the sea, water formed part of the natural landscapes, religious lives, cultural expressions, and physical needs of medieval women and men. This volume adopts an interdisciplinary perspective to enlarge our understanding of the overlapping qualities of water in early England (c. 400 – c. 1100). Scholars from the fi elds of archaeology, history, liter-ature, religion, and art history come together to ap-proach water and its diverse cultural manifestations in the early Middle Ages. Individual essays include inves-tigations of the agency of water and its inhabitants in Old English and Latin literature, divine and demonic waters, littoral landscapes of church archaeology and ritual, visual and aural properties of water, and human passage through water. As a whole, the volume ad-dresses how water in the environment functioned on multiple levels, allowing us to examine the early me-dieval intersections between the earthly and heaven-ly, the physical and conceptual, and the material and textual within a single element.

Carolyn Twomey is a Visiting Assistant Professor of European History at St. Lawrence University in northern New York, USA. She researches and teaches the history of medieval religion and the material world. Daniel Anlezarkis the McCaughey Professor of Early English Literature and Language at the University of Sydney. He teaches medieval literature and language, and researches on biblical poetry, and medieval science and literature.

Table of Contents: www.brepols.net

approx. 280 p., 16 b/w ills, 2 col. ills, 156 x 234 mm, 2021, € 80ISBN 978-2-503-58888-9 (HB) / eISBN 978-2-503-58889-6Series: Studies in the Early Middle Ages, vol. 47In Preparation

The Roles of Medieval Chanceries Negotiating Rules of Political CommunicationChristina Antenhofer, Mark Mersiowsky (eds)

Explores processes of negotiating rules in medieval political communication through case studies which include the German, French, Italian, Tyrolian, and Gorizian chanceries, as well as imperial diets.

Medieval (political) communication followed rules that were defi ned, negotiated, and altered in process-es of exchange. Conflicts resulting from different com-munication practices, as well as forms of innovation, revolve around rules that are not self-evident. Political actors such as princes and cities, chanceries, secretar-ies, ambassadors, and councillors formed rules of po-litical participation, which became visible in written documentation. These rules were both formed and negotiated via processes of communication (a prac-tice-oriented understanding of political participa-tion). Medieval chanceries can thus be understood as a vast fi eld of experimentation where different solu-tions were tested, passed on, or discarded. This book explores communication practices in German, French, Italian, Tyrolian, and Gorizian chan-ceries, as well as at diets from the tenth to the six-teenth century. Its chapters examine royal, monastic, princely, and communal chanceries. For the early and high Middle Ages, a close analysis of documents will reconstruct negotiation and communication from within the documents themselves. For the later Middle Ages, focus will turn to the chancery, with the appearance of chancery orders and chancery annota-tions that provide explicit insight in communication between the chancellors, secretaries, and political au-thorities (princes or cities). The growing amount and variety of documents issued in the late Middle Ages allows us to retrace conflicts resulting from differing chancery practices as well as attempts to reorganise the chancery into a political instrument for the prince.The processes of political communication will be fol-lowed in three parts. Part I focuses on the rules within documents. Part II looks at administrative process-es within specifi c chanceries, while Part III explores forms of exchange between the chancery and other political actors.

Table of Contents: www.brepols.net

approx. 235 p., 20 b/w ills, 2 col. ills, 156 x 234 mm, 2021, € 75ISBN 978-2-503-58964-0 (HB) / eISBN 978-2-503-58965-7Series: Utrecht Studies in Medieval Literacy, vol. 51In Preparation

The Normans in the Mediterranean Emily A. Winkler, Liam Fitzgerald (eds)

This book examines the explosive Norman encounters with the medieval Mediterranean, c. 1000–1250. It evaluates new evidence for conquest and communities, and of fer new perspectives on the Normans’ many meetings and adventures in history and memory.

The contributions gathered here ask questions of politics, culture, society, and historical writing. How should we characterize the Normans’ many per-sonal, local, and interregional interactions in the Mediterranean? How were they remembered in writing in the years and centuries that followed their incursions? The book questions the idea of conquest as replacement, examining instead how human interactions created new nodes and networks that transformed the medieval Mediterranean. Through studies of the Normans and the communities who encountered them — across Iberia, the eastern Roman Empire, Lombard Italy, Islamic Sicily, and the Great Sea — the book explores macro- and mi-cro-histories of conquest, its strategies and technol-ogies, and how medieval people revised, rewrote, and remembered conquest.

Table of Contents

Illustrations - AcknowledgmentsIntroduction: The Normans and Conquest in the Mediterranean — EMILY A. WINKLER AND ANDREW SMALLPart I. Motivations and StrategiesNorman Conquests: Nature, Nurture, Normanitas — MATTHEW BENNETT / Marriage as a Strategy for Conquering Power: Norman Matrimonial Strategies in Lombard Southern Italy — AURÉLIE THOMAS / The Changing Priorities in the Norman Incursions into the Iberian Peninsula’s Muslim-Christian Frontiers, c. 1018–c. 1191 — LUCAS VILLEGAS ARISTIZÁBALPart II. The Implications of Conquest in Sicily and Southern ItalyNorman Change, Lords and Rural Societies — SANDRO CAROCCI / The Nobility of Norman Italy, c. 1085–1127 — GRAHAM A. LOUD / Shaping the Urban Landscape: The Normans as New Patrons in Salerno — MADDALENA VACCARO / Palermo and the Norman Conquest of Sicily — THERESA JÄCKH / Community and Conquest on Medieval Monte Iato, Sicily — NICOLE MÖLK Part III. Perceptions and MemoriesHoly War in the Central Mediterranean: The Case of the Zirids and the Normans — MATT KING / Hagiography and the Politics of Memory in the Norman Conquest of the Italian South — KALINA YAMBOLIEV 

MEDIEVAL STUDIES

3

MEDIEVAL STUDIES

Political Ritual and Practice in Capetian France Essays in Honour of Elizabeth A. R. BrownMarianne Cecilia Gaposchkin, Jay Rubenstein (eds)

In this volume, thirteen of the world’s leading schol-ars of medieval France explore some of the most important ideas, events, personalities, and artistic creations of the Capetian world (987–1328).

The scholars brought together in this volume share as well a common sense of gratitude and an intellectual debt to Elizabeth A. R. Brown, whose own rigour and brilliance has inspired their work and shaped their sense of the past. Political Ritual and Practice in Capetian France is both a tribute to a scholar of real accomplish-ment and a collection of original scholarship raised upon on the foundations that Elizabeth A. R. Brown herself set down.

Table of Contents

Introduction- Jay Rubenstein and M. Cecilia GaposchkinSugar: An Abbot’s Fame – Rolf GrosseSuger, Orderic Vitalis, and the Vexin: Some Observations on Bibliothèque Mazarine MS 2013 - Elisabeth van HoutsCountess Blanche, Philip Augustus, and the War of Succession in Champagne, 1201–22 - Theodore Evergates‘Those Who Act More Strictly’: Monks, Jews, and Capetian Religious Politics in the Bibles moralisées - Sara LiptonEudes of Châteauroux and the Holy Blood of Neuvy-Saint-Sépulchre - Nicholas VincentPhilippe of Cahors: Or, What’s in a Name? - William Chester JordanJean d’Acre, Butler of France, Diplomat and High Servant of the Capetian Crown (d. January 8, 1296) - Xavier HélaryLouis IX, Heraclius, and the True Cross at the Sainte Chapelle - M. Cecilia GaposchkinWriting and Illustrating History in Thirteenth Century France: The Chronique de l’anonyme de Béthune and Vincent of Beauvais’s Speculum historiale - Alison StonesJacob of Santa Sabina Warns Philip the Fair that Boniface VIII is Antichrist by Means of Scripture and the Oraculum Cyrilli - Robert E. LernerThe Templar Confessions in Bigorre, December 1307 and March 1308 - Sean L. FieldThe Capetians and the River Seine (Thirteenth-Fourteenth Century) - Elisabeth LalouThe Judicial Duel in Later Medieval France: Procedure, Ceremony, and Status - Justine Firnhaber-Baker

La vie de saint Didier, évêque de Cahors (630-655) Introduction, édition, traduction et notesAlan Keith Bate, Elisabeth Carpentier, Georges Pon

La Vita de saint Didier, évêque de Cahors au VIIe siècle, rédigée peut-être à la fi n de ce siècle et remaniée par la suite avec adjonction d’une série de miracles post mortem, est connue par deux manuscrits princi-paux, le ms. lat. 17002 de la Bibliothèque nationale de France qui date du début du XIe siècle et le ms. 136 de la Bibliothèque royale de Copenhague, du XIVe

ou XVe siècle. Nous en présentons ici, après celles de René Poupardin en 1900 et de Bruno Krusch en 1902, une nouvelle édition critique. Cette nouvelle édition est accompagnée de sa première traduction française qui permettra au plus grand nombre d’accéder à un texte qui se démarque de la plupart des vies des saints évêques du haut Moyen Âge par son enracinement his-torique exceptionnel. Issu de la plus haute aristocratie de la Gaule méridio-nale, Didier est formé au Palais des rois mérovingiens. Protégé des rois Clotaire II et Dagobert Ier dont il est le trésorier, son accession à l’évêché de Cahors est un parfait exemple du fonctionnement des institutions politico-religieuses du royaume mérovingien. Installé à Cahors dans des circonstances diffi ciles, Didier n’est pas seulement un évêque modèle par sa piété, la valeur de son enseignement, son attachement au culte divin et son amour des pauvres. Il est aussi un aristocrate, un grand propriétaire terrien, gestionnaire d’immenses biens qui sont soigneusement énumérés dans la Vita et dont il fait don à son Eglise. Cette richesse sert sa vocation particulière, celle d’un grand bâtisseur qui a transformé et enrichi, dans la tra-dition romaine, les monuments civils et religieux de sa ville de Cahors. La description de ces travaux, unique en son genre, est un des plus précieux apports de ce texte.Une Vita d’un style vivant qui s’adresse aussi bien aux hagiographes et aux historiens qu’aux linguistes et aux archéologues.

Keith Bate est professeur de latin à l’Universite de Reading et professeur associé des universités de Poitiers et Rennes. Élisabeth Carpentier est professeur émérite d’histoire du Moyen Âge à l’Université de Poitiers et directrice-adjointe du Centre d’Études supérieures de Civilisation médiévale de Poitiers. Georges Pon est maître de conférences à l’Univer-sité de Poitiers.

Table des matières: www.brepols.net

approx. 450 p., 43 b/w ills, 156 x 234 mm, 2021, € 110ISBN 978-2-503-59302-9 (HB) / eISBN 978-2-503-59303-6Series: Cultural Encounters in Late Antiquity and the Middle Ages, vol. 34In Preparation

242 p., 156 x 234 mm, 2021, €65ISBN 978-2-503-59109-4 (PB) / eISBN 978-2-503-59110-0Série: Haut Moyen Âge, vol. 42En Préparation

approx. 250 p., 2 b/w ills, 2 col. ills, 156 x 234 mm, 2021, approx. € 85ISBN 978-2-503-59145-2 (HB) / eISBN 978-2-503-59146-9Série: Hagiologia, vol. 16En Préparation

Les communautés menacées au haut Moyen Âge (VIe-XIe s.) Geneviève Bührer-Thierry, Annette Grabowsky, Steffen Patzold (éd.)

Ce volume découle d’une double interrogation: sur la manière dont on peut appréhender les communautés du haut Moyen Âge, qu’elles soient religieuses ou politiques, rurales ou urbaines, textuelles ou émotionnelles, et sur le rôle que jouent les menaces de tous ordres (politique, éco-nomique, environnemental) dans la constitution, le fonctionnement et l’évolution de ces commu-nautés. Car la menace structure l’action collective: elle est déstabilisante, mais aussi créatrice d’ordre. Elle impose de renégocier les rapports entre inté-rieur et extérieur, entre normalité et anormalité, entre individu et groupe. Ce sont ces rapports de création et de destruction entre menace, ordre et communauté qui forment le principal objet de ces études menées par des historiens et éclairées par l’apport des sciences sociales.

Geneviève Bührer-Thierry est professeure d’Histoire du Moyen Âge à l’université Paris1-Panthéon-Sorbonne et directrice du LaMOP UMR 8589. Elle est spécialiste du monde franc et germanique dans le haut Moyen Âge. Annette Grabowsky est maître de conférences à l’uni-versité de Tübingen. Ses recherches portent sur l’histoire de la papauté et sur le droit canonique.Ste�fen Patzold est est professeur d’Histoire du Moyen Âge à l’université de Tübingen. Il est spécialiste de l’his-toire sociale du haut Moyen Âge.

4

Imperium et sacerdotium Droit et Pouvoir sous l’Empereur Manuel Ier Comnène (1143-1180)Evangelos Stavropoulos

L’étude montre comment le régime politique de l’empire byzantine du XIIème siècle plonge ses racines dans le système politico – juridique qui s’est mis en place à Rome au IIIe siècle. 

Μανουὴλ ἐν Χριστῷ τῷ Θεῷ πιστὸς βασιλεὺς, ῥωμαίων αὐτοκράτωρ, εὐσεβέστατος, ἀεισέβαστος, αὔγουστος : Le règne de l’empereur Manuel Ier (1143-1180) est analysé à partir du principe de la pietas, terme à portée morale, canonique et juridique qui concerne la capacité du Basileus de légiférer de façon juste, au profi t des intérêts de l’État. L’œuvre législative de Manuel Ier, que les juristes byzantins de l’époque considéraient comme une interprétation moderne de dispositions fondamentales du droit romain, eut comme objectif principal de renforcer l’image sacer-dotale du Basileus qui avait été sécularisée durant la crise politique du XIe siècle. L’attachement de Manuel Ier aux lois civiles et à leur strict respect était lié à sa conception de la supériorité de l’État et du droit by-zantin, expression de la volonté divine. L’insertion du droit canonique au droit public traduisait la nécessi-té de dépasser le dualisme étatique. L’intégration de l’Église dans ce programme valorisait ses responsabi-lités spirituelles vis-à-vis d’un Empereur qui concevait la gouvernance comme une responsabilité spirituelle. Besoins d’un État moderne et besoins spirituels de la société se conjuguent dans ce système harmonieux, spécifi que à l’empire byzantin du XIIe siècle.

Evangelos Stavropoulos est docteur en Sciences juridiques de  l’université de Paris Sud – Jean Monnet. Ses travaux portent sur l’histoire du Droit et des Institutions de l’empire romaine, avec un accent particulier sur Byzance, observée du point de vue de la culture constitutionnelle classique et archaïque.

La route au Moyen Âge Réalités et représentationsMarie-Hélène Corbiau, Baudouin Van den Abeele, Jean-Marie Yante (éd.)

Qu’elles soient politiques, commerciales, religieuses ou culturelles, les routes structurent et dynamisent les paysages et témoignent de l’appropriation hu-maine de ceux-ci. Fréquemment, l’existence d’un ré-seau médiéval a été, sinon niée, en tout cas largement sous-estimée. Des travaux des dernières décennies conduisent à relativiser la pérennité longtemps affi r-mée de l’héritage romain. Les hommes l’ont adapté aux nécessités et priorités du moment, ont hissé au rang de voies majeures des diverticula et autres liai-sons secondaires, et ont emprunté des tronçons de facture incontestablement ou vraisemblablement médiévale. Fruit d’un colloque pluridisciplinaire organisé par l’Institut d’études médiévales de l’Université catho-lique de Louvain, à Louvain-la-Neuve, associant ar-chéologues, historiens, historiens de l’art, spécialistes de la littérature et toponymistes, l’ouvrage livre des regards croisés et une stimulante confrontation des méthodes ; il nourrit l’ambition de révéler des ap-proches inédites, de dégager des pistes de recherches, de susciter de nouvelles enquêtes. Succédant à une approche historiographique assortie de perspectives de recherches et à une orientation bibliographique, la douzaine de contributions éma-nant de chercheurs au recrutement international s’articulent autour de trois thématiques. La première partie est dédiée à quelques enquêtes historiques relatives à des aspects politiques et fonctionnels. Suit l’éclairage particulier de recherches consacrées à l’apport des mots et des textes concernant le sujet. Une dernière partie regroupe quelques témoignages archéologiques et iconographiques illustrant plus concrètement la matérialité de la route.

approx. 350 p., 156 x 234 mm, 2021, approx. € 80ISBN 978-2-503-59415-6 (PB) / eISBN 978-2-503-59442-2Série: Medieval and Early Modern Political Theology, vol. 3En Préparation

approx. 260 p., 7 b/w ills, 23 col. ills, 160 x 240 mm, Institut d’Etudes médiévales (UCL), 2021, € 48ISBN 978-2-39037-004-8 (PB)Série: Textes, Etudes, Congres, vol. 32En Préparation

344 p., 2 b/w ills, 74 col. ills, 178x254 mm, 2021, € 85ISBN 978-2-503-59008-0 (HB) / eISBN 978-2-503-59009-7Série: Culture et société médiévales, vol. 38En Préparation

MEDIEVAL STUDIES

Le vêtement au Moyen Âge De l’atelier à la garde-robeDanièle Alexandre-Bidon, Nadège Gauffre Fayolle, Mane Perrine, Mickaël Wilmart (éd.)

Cet ouvrage s’articule autour de l’économie du vêtement et de la culture vestimentaire médié-vales.

L’histoire du vêtement touche un vaste ensemble d’aspects de la société et de l’économie médiévales, de la circulation des matières premières à l’organi-sation de la production, de la réglementation à la symbolique, des circulations médiévales à sa réap-propriation contemporaine.Par des approches inédites, l’ouvrage propose d’articuler ces différentes problématiques pour es-quisser une histoire totale du vêtement médiéval à travers le croisement de questionnements et de sources écrites, iconographiques et archéologiques.Il envisage d’abord une relecture de la place du tex-tile dans l’économie médiévale, en insistant sur le maillage de foires et de marchés permettant la dis-tribution des matières premières, en décrivant l’or-ganisation de l’échoppe du drapier et la gestion de ses stocks, en interrogeant le rapport entre les qua-lités de produits et leur utilisation et en soulignant le rôle des circulations secondaires de vêtements.La fabrication des habits est approchée à travers les commandes princières, exceptionnelles ou cou-rantes. Les comptabilités permettent en effet de saisir la consommation des élites, mais aussi l’orga-nisation de la production confi ée à des artisans mi-nutieusement sélectionnés pour leur savoir-faire.Cette consommation ostentatoire, qui touche jusqu’aux animaux de compagnie, est toutefois dès le XIIIe siècle l’objet de réglementations somp-tuaires qui nous renseignent tant sur une anthropo-logie du luxe que sur la gestion de la bienséance. La symbolique du vêtement vient également alimen-ter un imaginaire collectif allant des représenta-tions médiévales des marginaux à la reconstitution contemporaine de tissus et de costumes permet-tant la création d’une esthétique médiévalisante au XIXe siècle et l’essor du médiévalisme au XXe siècle.

Cet ouvrage est la publication d’un colloque organisé par quatre membres du Centre  de recherches histo-riques (Paris, EHESS-CRH) travaillant sur la culture matérielle et l’économie médiévale.

Table des matières: www.brepols.net

5

Labeur, production et économie monastique dans l’Occident médiéval De la Règle de saint Benoît aux CisterciensMichel Lauwers (éd.)

Table des matières

IntroductionMichel Lauwers, « Travail » et économie monastique dans l’Occident médiéval.

I. La sémantique du « travail » dans les textes médiévauxNicolas Perreaux, Œuvrer, servir, sou� frir. Recherches sur la sémantique des activités laborieuses dans l’Europe médiévale. / Isabelle Rosé, Opus, opera, labor. Les mots et le sens des occu-pations manuelles dans la Règle de saint Benoît et dans ses com-mentaires carolingiens. / Ludolf Kuchenbuch, Opus, labor, ars, merces, servitium, ou un quintette sur le banc d’essai. À propos de la sémantique du « travail » dans la Schedula diversarum artium(vers 1122-1123). / Emmanuel Bain, «  Si quelqu’un ne veut pas travailler, qu’il ne mange pas non plus » (2 Thess 3, 11) : la réception médiévale des injonctions pauliniennes à travailler. / Stéphanie Le Briz, Note sur l’étymologie et les usages de mots désignant le « travail » en langue d’oïl (XIe-XVIe siècles).

II. Organisation du labeur et exploitation des ressources dans les monastères occidentauxMichel Lauwers, Le monachisme comme entreprise agricole  ? Subsistance et rapports de production dans les monastères de l’Occident médiéval. / Carlo Citter, Établissements monastiques, environnements et exploitation des ressources dans le haut Moyen Âge  : analyses spatiales et postdictives. / Nicolas Schroeder, Servitium et opus. Le «  travail  » des dépendant.e.s de l’abbaye de Wissembourg (c. 860-870) entre sociologie et anthropologie his-toriques. / Lorenzo Tabarrini, Monastère, tenanciers et «  travail forcé » dans les campagnes de Florence au Moyen Âge central (1000-1250). L’exemple de la Badia a Settimo.

III. Une révolution cistercienne ?Cécile Caby, Les Cisterciens aux champs : une controverse monas-tique du XIIe siècle. / Didier Panfi li, Les convers cisterciens : frères ou serfs  ? Du discours à la pratique sociale (vers 1130-vers 1230). / Alessia Trivellone, Le labor manuum dans les miniatures de Cîteaux à l’épreuve de l’exégèse. / Stéphanie Le Briz, Les représen-tations du « labeur » et du « travail » dans l’œuvre vernaculaire de quelques poètes cisterciens des XIIe-XIVe siècles.

ÉpilogueAlain Rauwel, Ordonner le monde : le mythe du moine civilisateur entre histoire et apologétique. / Patrick Henriet, Le monachisme n’est pas un humanisme. Un devoir inédit du jeune Adalbert de Vogüé sur le travail des moines (mai 1949).

600 p., 8 b/w ills, 20 col. ills, 170 x 240 mm, 2021, approx. € 65ISBN 978-2-503-59270-1 (PB) / eISBN 978-2-503-59271-8Série: Collection d’études médiévales de Nice, vol. 17En Préparation

approx. 400 p., 20 b/w ills, 27 col. ills, 156 x 234 mm, 2021, € 75ISBN 978-2-503-59248-0 (HB) / eISBN 978-2-503-59249-7Série: Histoires de famille. La parenté au Moyen Age, vol. 22En Préparation

Legacies of the Crusades Proceedings of the Ninth Conference of the Society for the Study of the Crusades and the Latin East, Odense, 27 June – 1 July 2016. Volume 1Torben Kjersgaard Nielsen, Kurt Villads Jensen (eds)

The military expeditions of the medieval crusades are well studied, at different times and in many diverse areas, but the consequences for individuals and so-cieties much less. This book opens up a new research area, and contributes with 11 studies covering the Middle Eastern crusader states, the Mediterranean, and the Baltic Sea.

Table of Contents

I. The Diversity of CrusadingFrom Jerusalem to Mexico. Unity and Diversity in Crusading, Eleventh to Sixteenth Centuries - Alan V. Murray

II. Crusades to the Holy LandBetween the Downfall of Edessa and the Capture of Damietta: How the Glamour of Pester John Legend in�luenced the Crusader-Muslim Con�lict (1144-1221 AD/ 539-618 AH) - Ahmed M. Sheir ‘Give me Three Good Reasons for a Muslim to end a crusade’: Saladin and the Third Crusade - Betty Binysh On the Role of Roman law in the Crusader States: Allocation of Risk and the Ransom of Captives - Tomislav Karlović Refugees in the Latin East before and during the Third Crusade (1168-1192) - Jochen Burgtorf

III. Societies in the Eastern MediterraneanDesire, Myth, and Necessity: Latin Attempts at Integrating Nubians into the Orbis Christianorum of the Holy Land During the Twel�th to Fi�teenth Centuries - Adam SimmonsThe Formation and Evolution of the Class of Burgesses in the Lusignan Kingdom of Cyprus 1192-1474 - Nicholas CoureasUnknown Leaders: The Contribution of the Teutonic Grand Master’s substitute to the Order’s Status and Position in the Latin Kingdom of Jerusalem - Shlomo LotanThe Knight Hospitaller Slave system and its variety of enslaved groups on Cyprus, Rhodes and Malta - Nicholas McDermott

IV. New Polities and Societies in the Baltic RegionAgreements on the acceptance of Christianity between crusaders and pagans in 13th-Century Livonia - Mihkel MäesaluA Crusader and the Chie�tain’s Daughter: Connubium between Conquerors and Natives During the Baltic Crusades - Anti SelartParticipation of Western Baltic People in the Prussian and Curonian Land Administration” - Raitis SimsonsThe Teutonic Order and the Origins of its State as an Example of a Crusading Landscape in Fourteenth-Century Prussia - Gregory Leighton

approx. 306 p., 10 b/w ills, 2 col. ills, 156 x 234 mm, 2021, € 84ISBN 978-2-503-58788-2 (HB) / eISBN 978-2-503-58789-9Series: Outremer. Studies in the Crusades and the Latin East, vol. 11In Preparation

MEDIEVAL STUDIES

Mobilités du lignage anglo-normand de Briouze (mi-XIe siècle – 1326) Amélie Rigollet

La famille de Briouze se désigne elle-même, de-puis le milieu du XIe siècle, par un toponyme, en référence au centre originel de sa puissance territoriale. Le qualifi catif d’«  anglo-normand  » employé pour désigner le lignage de Briouze permet d’évoquer sa double appartenance cultu-relle. Le lignage dépasse cette acception binaire en s’implantant dans les régions annexées par la couronne anglaise. Les Briouze sont des seigneurs transrégionaux, puisqu’au gré des conquêtes, ils construisent un vaste patrimoine transmaritime, morcelé à l’intérieur du monde anglo-normand.Relier les parcours individuels et les stratégies lignagères aux évolutions d’ensemble  : cette démarche permet de saisir la complémentarité des phénomènes à des échelles variées pour dis-cerner les particularismes propres aux Briouze. L’interconnexion entre expansion territoriale, ascension sociale et loyauté envers la royauté est l’une des caractéristiques de leur histoire. Cette dernière est écrite par le recoupement d’actes collectés dans les fonds ecclésiastiques et les ar-chives du pouvoir souverain, croisés aux discours produits par l’historiographie médiévale. Les dis-continuités coïncident avec l’évolution de la struc-ture du lignage et des rapports entre la famille et le pouvoir.La capacité d’adaptation – ou l’inadaptation – du lignage de Briouze aux différentes formes de mo-bilités, question centrale de cet ouvrage, transpa-raît dans leur aptitude à affronter et surmonter les situations de crise. À l’intersection des formes de mobilités aux évolutions distinctes – politique, sociale, culturelle et économique – se trouve la mobilité géographique, trait d’union entre ces transformations différenciées ainsi imbriquées. Chaque rupture, chaque chute du lignage éclate sous la pression du pouvoir politique mais sur-vient lorsque les possibilités d’expansions territo-riales sont contrariées ou empêchées.

6

Myths and Magic in the Medieval Far North Realities and Representations of a Region on the Edge of EuropeStefan Figenschow, Richard Holt, Miriam Tveit (eds)

Since ancient times, the North has been considered as a place that exuded evil: it was the end of the world, the abode of monsters and supernatural beings, of magicians and sorcerers. It was Europe’s last bastion of recalcitrant paganism. The essays in this volume engage closely with these stories, questioning how and why such traditions de-veloped, and exploring their meaning. Through this approach, the volume also examines how historio-graphical traditions were shaped by authors pursuing agendas of nation-building and Christianization, at the same time that myths surrounding and originat-ing among the multi-ethnic populations of the Far North continued to dominate the perception of the region and its people, and to defi ne their place in Norwegian medieval history.

Table of Contents

Introduction‘Bearded Women and Sea Monsters: European Representations of the Far North in the Early and High Middle Ages’ — MIRIAM TVEIT

Myth, Magic and Rituals in the Nordic World‘On the View of “the Other” – Abroad and At Home: The Geography and Peoples of the Far North, according to Historia Norwegiae’ — LARS IVAR HANSEN / ‘The Ice Giant Cometh: The Far North in the Old Norse-Icelandic Sagas’ — ELEANOR ROSAMUND BARRACLOUGH / ‘Fishermen in Trouble — Grímnismál and Elf Islands in Northern Norway’ — PETTER SNEKKESTAD / ‘Sámi Myths and Medieval Heritage’ — MARTE SPANGEN / ‘“I Hurl the Spirits of Gandul”. Pleasure, Jealousy and Magic: The Witchcraft Trial of Ragnhild Tregagaas in 1325’ — RUNE BLIX HAGEN / ‘The Meaning of Ale in the North: From Ale Rituals to Ale as a Subject in Political Conflicts’ — KAROLINE KJESRUD

Myths and Representations in the Political Consolidation of the North‘The Origins of Political Organization in the Far North? The Historical and Material Remains of Finnmórk, Hálogaland and the Mythical Omð’ — YASSIN KAROLIUSSEN / ‘Norwegian or Northern: The Construction and Mythography of Háleygr Identity, c. 800–1050’ — BEN ALLPORT / ‘The Formation of a Norwegian Kingdom: A Northern Counter-Narrative?’ — RICHARD HOLT / ‘Approaches to Mythologized “Others” in Norwegian Expansion to the North’ — STEFAN FIGENSCHOW

xix + 371 p., 6 b/w ills, 15 col. ills, 165 x 240 mm, FIDEM, 2021, approx. € 65ISBN 978-2-503-59470-5 (PB) / eISBN 978-2-503-59471-2Series: Textes et Etudes du Moyen Âge, vol. 98In Preparation

280 p., 1 b/w ill., 7 col. ills, 156 x 234 mm, 2021, € 75ISBN 978-2-503-58823-0 (HB) / eISBN 978-2-503-59417-0 Series: Acta Scandinavica, vol. 10Available

Past and Future Medieval Studies TodayMaarten J. F. M. Hoenen, Karsten Engel (eds)

This volume evinces the vitality and multi-per-spectivism characteristic of Medieval Studies today.

There was a time, not so long ago, when Medieval Studies constituted a major pillar for the under-standing of the history of human civilization. Today, things are different. While the medieval contribution to the project of humanity remains beyond doubt, the challenges facing those in-terested in history have changed defi nitively. Currently, different responses to the new situation are under discussion, each with its own potential and challenges: e.g., global medievalism, digital humanities, comparative history, rethinking the cultural narrative. In this volume, specialists from the fi elds of Digital Humanities, History, Literary Studies, Philosophy, and Theology share with the readers their views about the possible futures of Medieval Studies. They evince the vitality and multi-perspectivism characteristic of the fi eld to-day, showing that Medieval Studies looks to a fu-ture that, while different from the past, promises to be at least as rich and creative.The papers collected here were fi rst presented and discussed at the 6th European Congress of Medieval Studies of the Fédération Internationale des Instituts d’Etudes Médiévales (FIDEM), which was held at the University of Basel, Switzerland, 2–5 September 2018.

Maarten Hoenen is Professor of Ancient and Medieval Philosophy at the University of Basel, and President of the Fédération Internationale des Instituts d’Etudes Médiévales (FIDEM). He specializes in late medieval intellectual history.Karsten Engel is a research assistant at the Department of Philosophy at the University of Basel. He is currently working on his doctorate on the history of logic in the late 15th century.

Table of Contents: www.brepols.net

MEDIEVAL STUDIES

Disease and Disability in Medieval and Early Modern Art and Literature Rinaldo Fernando Canalis, Massimo Ciavolella (eds)

Humanity has always shown a keen interest in the pathological, ranging from a morbid fascination with ‘monsters’ and deformities to a genuine com-passion for the ill and suffering. Medieval and early modern people were no exception, expressing their emotional response to disease in both literary works and, to a somewhat lesser extent, in the plastic arts. Consequently, it becomes necessary to ask what mo-tivated writers and artists to choose an illness or a disability and its physical and social consequences as subjects of aesthetic or intellectual expression. Were these works the result of an intrusion in their intent to faithfully reproduce nature, or do they reflect an intentional contrast against the pre-modern portrayal of spiritual ideals and, later, through the influence of the classics, the rediscovered importance and beauty of the human body?

Table of Contents

Acknowledgements - List of IllustrationsIntroduction and Epidemiological PerspectiveRinaldo F. Canalis and Massimo Ciavolella

Part I. Medieval and Transitional PeriodsThe Art of Medicine in Byzantium: Disease and Disability in Byzantine Manuscripts - Alain TouwaideMiracle and the Monstrous: Disability and Deviant Bodies in the Late Middle Ages - Jenni KuulialaLeprosy, Melancholy, Folly and their Representations in French Medieval Literature - Gaia Gubini Malady in Literary Texts from the Medieval and Early Modern Periods. Some Hypotheses on a Paradoxical Constellation - Joachim Küpper Fevers, Botches and Carbuncles: Describing the Plague in Late Medieval and Early Modern Medical Treatises - Lori Jones

Part II. The Early Modern PeriodThe Role of Architecture and the Decorative Arts in Renaissance Medicine - Francis WellsArt in Disease and Disease in Art: Re�lections on Two Early Modern Paradigmatic Examples - Manuela Gallerani.The Mal Franzoso: Between Art, History and Literature: Paracelso and Della Porta - Alfonso PaolellaThe Ailing Artist - Roberto FediNicolas Poussin`s The Plague at Ashdod and the French Disease - Efrain Kristal‘Yet I have in me something Dangerous’: Demonopathy the Pox and the Melancholy Dane in Shakespeare`s Hamlet - Sara Frances Burdorff Textures of Lesions – Textures of Prints - Domenico Bertoloni MeliIndex

approx. 375 p., 10 b/w ills, 100 col. ills, 156 x 234 mm, 2021, € 95ISBN 978-2-503-58870-4 (HB) / eISBN 978-2-503-58154-5Series: Cursor Mundi, vol. 38In Preparation

7

LANGUAGES & LITERATURE

approx. 225 p., 4 col. ills, 156 x 234 mm, 2021, € 75ISBN 978-2-503-59065-3 (HB) / eISBN 978-2-503-59066-0Series: Fabulae, vol. 1In Preparation

Medieval Stories and Storytelling Multimedia and Multi-Temporal PerspectivesSimon Thomson (ed.)

An interdisciplinary exploration of how medieval stories were shaped, transformed, and transmitted by interactions between tellers, media, and audi-ences.

The shaping and sharing of narrative has always been key to the negotiation and recreation of reality for in-dividuals and cultural groups. Some stories, indeed, seem to possess a life of their own: claiming a pecu-liar agency and taking on distinct voices which speak across time and space. How, for example, do objects, manuscripts, and other artefacts communicate alter-native or complementary narratives that transcend textual and linguistic boundaries? How are stories created, reshaped, and re-experienced, and how do these shifting contexts and media change meaning?This volume of essays explores these questions about meaning and identity in a range of ways. As a collec-tion, it demonstrates the importance of interdisciplin-ary and context-focused enquiry when approaching key issues of activity and identity in the medieval period. Ultimately, the process of making meaning through shaping narrative is shown to be as vital and varied in the medieval world as it is today.With a wide range of different disciplinary approach-es from leading scholars in their respective fi elds, chapters include considerations of art, architecture, metalwork, linguistics, and literature. Alongside examinations of medieval cultural productions are explorations of the representation and adaptation of medieval storytelling in graphic novels, classroom teaching, and computer gaming. This volume thus offers an interdisciplinary exploration of how stories from across the medieval world were shaped, trans-formed, and transmitted.

Simon Thomson is Senior Lecturer in Medieval English Language and Literature at Heinrich-Heine Universität in Düsseldorf. His research interests include early medieval palaeography and codicology, hagiography, and Old English poetry.

Table of Contents: www.brepols.net

approx. 320 p., 10 b/w ills, 10 col. ills, 156 x 234 mm, 2021, € 85ISBN 978-2-503-59050-9 (HB) / eISBN 978-2-503-59051-6Series: Medieval Narratives in Transmission, vol. 2In Preparation

Le Gracial d’Adgar, avec Le Miracle de Théophile Jean-Louis Benoit, Jerry Root

Le Gracial est traduit en entier en français moderne et pour le miracle le plus connu: Théophile à la fois en français et en anglais.

Le Gracial d’Adgar est le premier recueil de miracles de Notre-Dame en langue vernaculaire, en l’occurrence en anglo-normand; Il a été rédigé par un moine de Londres vers 1165. Il comporte 49 miracles internatio-naux ou locaux dont le plus important est le célèbre miracle de Théophile prototype du récit du pacte avec le Diable, appelé à un grand succès ultérieur. Pour la première fois le texte est intégralement traduit en français moderne et en anglais pour le miracle de Théophile. Une courte introduction présente ces récits qui se veulent historiques et qui cherchent  à rivaliser avec la littérature profane courtoise en plein essor. Un fort contenu didactique se marie avec un merveilleux chrétien édifi ant. Ce chef d’oeuvre littéraire est à rap-procher des chefs d’oeuvre de l’art gothique consacrés souvent à exalter l’amour de Notre-Dame.

Adgar est un moine qui a vécu à Londres dans la deuxième moitié du XIIe siècle. Il écrit en anglo-normand un Gracial pour attirer les grâces de Marie sur lui et ses lecteurs. Il tra-duit un exemplaire en latin aujourd’hui perdu, qu’il a trouvé à la bibliothèque l’abbaye Saint Paul, écrit par Maître Albri.

approx. 200 p., 3 b/w ills, 156 x 234 mm, 2021, approx. € 80ISBN 978-2-503-59453-8 (PB) / eISBN 978-2-503-59454-5Série: Textes vernaculaires du moyen âge, vol. 27En Préparation

Narrating Power and Authority in Late Antique and Medieval Hagiography across East and West Ghazzal Dabiri (ed.)

This collection of essays explores the multifaceted representation of power and authority in a variety of late antique and medieval hagiographical nar-ratives (Lives, Martyr Acts, oneiric and miraculous accounts). The narratives under analysis, written in some of the major languages of the Islamicate world and the Christian East and Christian West — Arabic, Armenian, Georgian, Greek, Latin, Middle Persian, Ottoman Turkish, and Persian — promi-nently feature a diverse range of historical and fi c-tional fi gures from a wide cross-section of society — from female lay saints in Italy and Zoroastrians in Sasanian and Islamic Iran to apostles and bish-ops and emperors and caliphs. Each chapter inves-tigates how power and authority were narrated from above (courts/saints) and below (saints/laity) and, by extension, navigated in various communities. As each chapter delves into the spe-cifi c literary and social scene of a particular time, place, or hagiographer, the volume as a whole of-fers a broad view; it brings to the fore important shared literary and social historical aspects such as the possible itineraries of popular narratives and motifs across Eurasia and commonly held notions in the religio-political thought worlds of hagiographers and their communities. Through close readings and varied analyses, this collection contributes to the burgeoning interest in reading hagiography as literature while it offers new per-spectives on the social and religious history of late antique and medieval communities.

Ghazzal Dabiri is an Iranist who specializes in narra-tives of kingship, kinship, and sainthood. She received her PhD from UCLA and has held positions at various institutions including Columbia University and cur-rently University of Maryland. A Fulbright Scholar, she also held a European Research Council postdoctoral fel-lowship at Ghent University.

Table of Contents: www.brepols.net

FABULAENarrative in Late Antiquity and the Middle AgesSeries editor: Koen De Temmerman

NEW

BOO

K SE

RIES

8

LANGUAGES & LITERATURE

John Capgrave, Rome 1450Capgrave’s Jubilee Guide: The Solace of Pilgrimes Peter J. Lucas

The scene is Rome in the fi fteenth century, Golden Rome, a magnet drawing pilgrims by its architectur-al attractions and the magnitude of its religious im-portance as the mother of faith. The Austin friar John Capgrave attended Rome for the Jubilee in 1450, in-cluding the Lenten stations, and his Solace of Pilgrimes, intended as a guide for subsequent pilgrims, was written up following the author’s own pilgrimage. In three parts it covers the ancient monuments, the seven principal churches and the Lenten stations, and other churches of note, especially those dedicated to the Blessed Virgin Mary. The work has been described as the most ambitious description of Rome in Middle English. The present edition offers a new Text based on a transcription of the author’s holograph manu-script. Parallel with the Text there is a modern English Translation. The illustrations, mostly from a period slightly later than the 1450 Jubilee, aim to give some visual clue as to what Capgrave saw. There is a full account of the multiple sources that he used, most of which is the product of new research. Following the Text there is a Commentary that aims to provide some background information about the buildings and monuments that Capgrave focuses on, and to explain and illuminate any diffi culties or points of interest in the Text. Capgrave is an omni-present guide leading us towards what he considered an appropriate inter-pretation of the classical past as a foundation for the Christian present, which built on it and surpassed it.

Peter J. Lucas, presently Honorary Research Associate in Anglo-Saxon Norse and Celtic in the University of Cambridge, is Emeritus Professor of Old and Middle English at University College Dublin.

Table of Contents: www.brepols.net

La rumeur des distances traverses Transferts culturels, traductions et translations entre Moyen Âge et ModernitéClaudio Galderisi

Table des matières

Avant-propos : perspectives et prospectives

Partie I : L’invention du Moyen Âge1. Le Moyen Âge des pertes, des gains et une capitalisation majeure2. Une civilisation juchée sur les épaules des lettresPartie II. 1 : Des géants sur les épaules des nains…3. Le translateur : pont et planche du nouveau monde4. La langue d’oïl (et la langue d’oc) au miroir des traductions5. Le silence des siècles et la traduction empêchée6. La traduction manipuléePartie II. 2 : Mythologie antique et horizons chrétiens : trois exemples de concurrence culturelle7. Alcide, le héros oublié de la translatio studii8. Alexandre : bâtisseur et “fossoyeur” d’Alexandrie9. Paris au Moyen Âge entre mythisation et représentation littéraire in absentiaPartie III : Les lettres françaises à l’école des traducteurs10. Des nains aux créateurs de la prose savante11. Des nains devenus des maîtres à penser12. L’âge de la traduction : Moyen Âge vs Renaissance Partie IV : Les deux sœurs de la Romania : France et Italie13. La France et l’Italie : faux-amis et vrais transferts culturels14. Un cas emblématique du bilinguisme roman : Brunetto Latini entre création, compilation et… autotraduction15. Une auctoritas problématique : Bonaventure de Demena et l’autotraductionPartie V. 1 : L’héritage de la translatio studii : de la francophonie au médiévalisme16. Du même au même ? La vieille langue était une langue jeune17. Lingua Gallica ad Europam : Partie V. 2 : Quatre modalités de la mutation littéraire18. La fée envolée vers la Modernité19. Entre réécriture et traduction ; Stendhal et les Chroniques italiennes20. L’anachronisme sublimé ou La Pisanelle de D’Annunzio21. Réécritures vivifi antes : Le Jongleur de Notre-Dame 22. Le médiévalisme en trompe-l’œil23. Conclusion : Le translateur, le savant et le frigidaire du médiéviste

Sources publiées - Index des noms - Index des titres - Index des manuscrits

Premodern Translation Comparative Approaches to Cross-Cultural TransformationsSonja Brentjes, Alexander Fidora (eds)

This edited collection offers six essays on translations and their producers and users in premodern societies, which explore possibilities for contextualizing and questioning the well-established narratives of transla-tions and translating in history of science and philoso-phy. To enable such explorations, the editors decided to go beyond a conventional focus on Latin and Arabic medieval cultures. Thus a discussion of translation in East Asia that asks questions about the technologies of translation invites readers familiar with Western contexts to reflect on shared cross-cultural practices. Other authors ask new questions concerning mathe-matical, medical, or philosophical translations, such as the character and the role of ‘submerged’ trans-lations that never made it into any of the traditional histories of translation in medieval societies. A third group of authors offer perspectives on early modern professionals, which open up the traditional research on translations to other fi elds of study, and allow us to reflect on changed practices and purposes of trans-lation.

Table of Contents

Introduction — SONJA BRENTJESOld Uyghur Translations of Buddhist Texts and their Usage — YUKIYO KASAIAdvanced Arithmetic from Twelfth-Century al-Andalus, Surviving Only (and Anonymously) in Latin Translation? A Narrative That Was Never Told — JENS HØYRUPGundissalinus, Arabic Philosophy and the Division of the Sciences in the Thirteenth Century: The Prologues in Philosophical Commentary Literature — ALEXANDER FIDORAAlbert the Great’s Interpretatio: Converting Libraries into a Scientifi c System — KATJA KRAUSE AND HENRYK ANZULEWICZArabic from the Margins: Hispano-Moroccan Translation between Classical Arabic and Humanist Traditions in Early Modern Spain — CLAIRE GILBERTJohannes Regiomontanus and Erasmus Reinhold: Shifting Perspectives on the History of Astronomy — PIETRO D. OMODEO

approx. 575 p., 62 b/w ills, 1 col. ill., 156 x 234 mm, 2021, approx. € 95ISBN 978-2-503-59467-5 (PB) / eISBN 978-2-503-59468-2Series: Textes vernaculaires du moyen âge, vol. 28In Preparation

approx. 575 p., 156 x 234 mm, 2021, approx. € 95ISBN 978-2-503-59404-0 (PB) / eISBN 978-2-503-59404-0Série: Bibliothèque de Transmédie, vol. 9En Préparation

approx. 200 p., 156 x 234 mm, 2021, € 70ISBN 978-2-503-59097-4 (HB) / eISBN 978-2-503-59098-1Series: Contact and Transmission, vol. 2In Preparation

9

LANGUAGES & LITERATURE

Before and A�ter WyclifSources and Textual In�luences Luigi Campi, Stefano Simonetta (eds)

Studies on Wyclif’s attitude towards sources and Wyclif as a source

Through the contributions of a range of specialists who have been called to further reconstruct Wyclif’s place in his intellectual milieu from the standpoint of his textual and doctrinal dependence and influence: the collected essays deal with the antecedents of Wyclif’s thought, his sources, and his role as a source for countless followers and opponents.

Luigi Campi and Stefano Simonetta both teach History of Medieval Philosophy at the Università degli Studi di Milano. They have devoted an extensive series of papers and essays to John Wyclif, across fi elds ranging from political theology and ecclesiology to soteriology, metaphysics and Wyclif ’s reception in Bohemia.

Table of Contents

Luigi CAMPI – Stefano SIMONETTA, IntroductionMark THAKKAR, Wyclif’s Logica and the Logica OxoniensisAlessandro CONTI, Oxford Realists’ Criticism of Walter Burley’s Last Theory of PropositionAurélien ROBERT, Atomism at Oxford after John Wyclif. The Cases of Robert Alyngton and Roger WhelpdaleStephen E. LAHEY, Stanislaus of Znojmo and the Ecclesiological Implications of Wyclif’s Divine IdeasIan Christopher LEVY, The Words of Institution and Devotion to the Host in the Wake of WyclifSean OTTO, Anti-fraternalism and the Sources of John Wyclif’s SermonesKantik GHOSH, After Wyclif: Philosophy, Polemics and Translation in the English Wycliffi te SermonsJindřich MAREK, Jakoubek of Stříbro as a Wycliffi te. The Testimony of His Sermon CollectionsGraziana CIOLA, The Apologue of the Birds

Bibliography - Index of Names - Ancient and Medieval Authors - Modern and Contemporary Authors - Index of Manuscripts

La Bouquechardière de Jean de CourcyVI. Philippe II et Alexandre le GrandCatherine Gaullier-Bougassas (ed.)

La Grèce ancienne vue en France au XVe siècle : une histoire moralisée inédite

Jean de Courcy, seigneur de Bourg-Achard en Normandie, écrit au début du XVe siècle la Bouquechardière. Dans ce large récit jusqu’ici inédit, il se démarque du modèle de l’histoire universelle, en sélectionnant avant tout l’his-toire d’une partie du monde : la Grèce et les territoires européens et asiatiques qui lui sont liés. Son livre V est consacré aux règnes de Philippe II de Macédoine et de son fils Alexandre le Grand. En puisant à des sources multiples, il réinterprète profondément l’histoire de la Macédoine, et surtout la destinée d’Alexandre le Grand. Il réinvente en effet ce dernier en roi pré-chrétien et même en préfiguration du Christ, dont la mission provi-dentielle est justement de préparer l’avènement du christianisme. Transformant ainsi les images anté-rieures de la translatio imperii d’Est en Ouest, il dessine une vision originale de l’Histoire qui relie la Grèce an-cienne au Christ.Cette première édition critique se fonde sur un examen de tous les manuscrits connus.

Catherine Gaullier-Bougassas est professeur de langue et de littérature médiévales françaises à l’Université de Lille et membre senior de l’Institut universitaire de France. Elle est l’auteur de nombreuses études sur la réception de l’Antiqui-té et de la fi gure d’Alexandre le Grand au Moyen Age.

Table des matières: www.brepols.net

266 p., 165 x 240 mm, FIDEM, 2021, € 49ISBN 978-2-503-59406-4 (PB) / eISBN 978-2-503-59407-1Series: Textes et Etudes du Moyen Âge, vol. 97Available

approx. 524 p., 1 col. ills, 156 x 234 mm, 2021 approx. € 120ISBN 978-2-503-58626-7 (HB)Recherches sur les Réceptions de l’Antiquité, vol. 1.6En préparation

JOUR

NAL

Les lettres romanes 74, 3-4 (2020) Table des matières

Louisa MessinaLes serviteurs dans les romans libertinsJean-Louis DufaysLa fi gure de d’Artagnan : enquête sur un (stéréo)type litté-raireDavid MartensÉros romantique et thanatographie aristocratique dans Spirite de Théophile GautierJean-Claude PoletPremières rencontres de Léon Bloy dans le Journal inédit de Léopold Levaux, de 1913 à 1915Myriam BoucharencVoyage en double au Pays des Soviets : André Beucler et Alfred Fabre-LucePierre DuroisinLa honte blanche ou Quand Montherlant prenait le parti de l’ÉthiopieVincent EngelJean Mattern et Les Bains de Kiraly : la mémoire piétinéeAmaury DehouxUn autre regard sur son temps. Formes et fi gures de l’en-fance dans trois romans d’Alain MabanckouLes LivresCorentin Lahouste et Myriam Watthee-Delmotte (dir.), Yannick Haenel, la littérature pour absolu (Pauline Basso).

198 p., 5 b/w ills, 156 x 234 mm, 2021, € 46ISBN 978-2-503-58739-4 (PB)Série: Les lettres romanes, vol. 74, 3-4Disponible

Print & Online Subscriptions: contact [email protected] content available on www.brepolsonline.net

1 0

Historiography and Identity VICompeting Narratives of the Past in Central and Eastern Europe, c. 1200 - c. 1600 Pavlína Rychterová (ed.)

The volume discusses Central European and Eastern Central European historiographies of the High and Late Middle Ages. It deals with histories written in a time which brought about a profound differenti-ation of medieval societies in these regions. As new social classes achieved economic and political pow-er, the demand for reassuring identifi cations grew more pressing. Narratives of the past were tailored specifi cally for distinct social groups, often using vernacular languages instead of the universal lan-guage of elite education, Latin. The volume pays attention to the interplay between languages and focuses on the strategies that in-dividual works developed in order to balance the many alternative modes of identifi cation. Filling a signifi cant scholarly gap, the volume offers import-ant insights into narratives of identifi cation written in Latin and in the various vernaculars emerging as the new political languages of the period.

Table of Contents: www.brepols.net

approx. 480 p., 156 x 234 mm, 2021, € 120ISBN 978-2-503-58545-1 (HB) / eISBN 978-2-503-58546-8Series: Cultural Encounters in Late Antiquity and the Middle Ages, vol. 32In Preparation

LANGUAGES & LITERATURE

approx. 380 p., 6 b/w ills, 156 x 234 mm, 2021, € 95ISBN 978-2-503-58658-8 (HB) / eISBN 978-2-503-58659-5Series: Cultural Encounters in Late Antiquity and the Middle Ages, vol. 30In Preparation

Historiography and Identity IVWriting History Across Medieval Eurasia Walter Pohl, Daniel Mahoney (eds)

Explores the social function of historical writing from across various world regions from Europe through the Islamic world to China, around the turn of the millennium, and how they construct and shape identities, as well as communicate ‘visions of community’ and legitimate political claims.

Walter Pohl is Professor of Medieval History at the University of Vienna and Director of the Institute for Medieval Research at the Austrian Academy of Sciences. Daniel Mahoney is Post-Doctoral Researcher at the Department of Languages and Cultures, University of Ghent.

Table of Contents

Preface Introduction: Historiography and Identity in a Comparative Perspective — WALTER POHL‘National History’ in Post-Imperial East Asia and Europe — Q. EDWARD WANGThe Wars of Procopius and the Jinshu of Fang Xuanling: Representations of Barbarian Political Figures in Classicizing Historiography — RANDOLPH B. FORDMythology and Genealogy in the Canonical Sources of Japanese History — BERNHARD SCHEIDIran’s Conversion to Islam and History Writing as an Art for Forgetting — SARAH BOWEN SAVANTIran and Islam: Two Narratives — MICHAEL COOKThe Formation of South Arabian Identity in al-Iklīl of al-Hamdānī — DANIEL MAHONEYConvergence and Multiplicity in Byzantine Historiography: Literary Trends in Syriac and Greek, Ninth to Twelfth Centuries — SCOTT FITZGERALD JOHNSONThe Byzantine Past as Text: Historiography and Political Renewal c. 900 — EMMANUEL C. BOURBOUHAKISScriptores post Theophanem: Normative Aspects of Imperial Historiography in Tenth-Century Byzantium — YANNIS STOURAITISWho were the Lotharingians? Defi ning Political Community after the End of the Carolingian Empire — SIMON MACLEANSpaces of ‘Convivencia’ and Spaces of Polemics: Transcultural Historiography and Religious Identity in the Intellectual Landscape of the Iberian Peninsula, Ninth to Tenth Centuries — MATTHIAS M. TISCHLERMapping Historiography: An Essay in Comparison — WALTER POHLIndex

Database of Latin Dictionaries

The Database of Latin Dictionaries (DLD) is an un-paralleled resource for research on the Latin lan-guage throughout the ages. Because of its broad spectrum of dictionaries, the DLD offers an imme-diate overview of Latin vocabulary that no isolated dictionary can give.

While being in essence a database of Latin dic-tionaries, the DLD is also multilingual in that it contains translations, explanations and examples in various languages, which evidently add to its richness.

Up until now, the database comprises, as the main modern languages used in translation/explana-tion, English, French, German, Hungarian, Czech, and Spanish, and to a lesser extent also Italian, ancient Greek, Hebrew, Anglo-Saxon, Anglo-Norman, Old English, Middle French, and others.

Newly added: Meyer-Lübke, W. (1935). Romanisches etymologisches Wörterbuch. Heidelberg: Winter

International Bibliography of Humanism and the

Renaissance

More information & detailed leaflets are available on https://about.brepolis.net/

[email protected] – www.brepolis.net

Brepols Online Databases

The International Bibliography of Humanism and the Renaissance (IBHR) is the international reference bibliography of academic publications on the Renaissance and the early modern period.

Did you know that the IBHR is also an exception-ally rich index for research on language and lit-erature? The database not only covers research on Dante, Shakespeare or Molière, but also offers insights into the existing literature on Pontus de Tyard, Mary Sidney, or Hernando de Acuña. The IBHR indexes articles from the Nueva revista de fi lología hispánica, Romance Philology, or English Studies. The database covers research areas as di-verse as creole languages, dialectology, rhetorics or semiotics.

1 1

Armenian ManuscriptsCatalogues, Collections, Libraries(2nd revised edition)Bernard Coulie

A complete list of repositories of Armenian manu-scripts in the world with full bibliography.

Hellenists know the services rendered by the «  Répertoire des catalogues de manuscrits grecs  » of Marcel Richard and Jean-Marie Olivier. It is an indis-pensable heuristic tool, but also a witness to the de-velopment of codicology and cultural history. Such a tool was lacking for specialists of Armenian manu-scripts, philologists, linguists, and art historians. ‘Libraries and Catalogues of Armenian Manuscripts’ (in English) is the second edition, revised and updat-ed,  of the «  Répertoire des bibliothèques et des cat-alogues de manuscrits arméniens » fi rst published in 1992. It includes the four supplements published in the journal «  Le Muséon  » in 1995, 2000, 2004, and 2019, as well as new sections devoted e.g. to the main copy centers of Armenian manuscripts. The book provides a full bibliography on all reposito-ries of Armenian manuscripts in the world, public and private, large and small. It also gives many insights about the fate of Armenian manuscripts in the course of history: where and when they have been produced, mostly in medieval monastic centers, how they es-caped invasions, fi res, thefts and even destructions linked to the genocide of the Armenians, and fi nally how they ended up in private or public collections where they can be studied and admired today.Tables of concordance between current and old ref-erences enable one to locate manuscripts that are thought to have disappeared or to fi nd more com-plete descriptions in an old catalogue than are given in recent lists. The volume also includes an impressive index of manuscripts.

Bernard Coulie is professor of Byzantine, Armenian and Georgian studies at the Université catholique de Louvain (Belgium).

xix + 459 p., 155 x 245 mm, 2021, € 195Launch price (until 30 June 2021): € 160ISBN 978-2-503-59034-9 (HB)Published outside a SeriesIn preparation

Collections de Normandie, Bibliothèque nationale de France et bibliothèques parisiennes Christian Meyer

Ce septième et dernier volume du Catalogue des manuscrits notés des bibliothèques publiques de France marque l’aboutissement d’un projet entrepris vers 2003. Consacré aux fonds conservés dans les biblio-thèques publiques de Normandie, il est augmen-té d’un catalogue sommaire des manuscrits notés conservés à la Bibliothèque nationale de France et dans les bibliothèques publiques parisiennes initia-lement écartées de ce projet ainsi que d’un ensemble de notices consacrées à des manuscrits où la présence de notations musicales a été récemment découverte.Une introduction substantielle présentant les fonds, leur histoire et leurs particularités, éclaire le cadre historique dans lequel ces livres ont vu le jour ou ont été utilisés. Chaque notice comporte une des-cription sommaire du manuscrit, une présentation des éléments permettant de préciser l’origine ou la provenance du volume, la date de sa rédaction et son histoire. Les notices plus sommaires des manus-crits notés des collections parisiennes (1736 notices) consignent en particulier les éléments relatifs à l’his-toire moderne de ces derniers. Seuls les fragments et additions font l’objet de descriptions plus détaillées.Index général des pièces citées dans les notices du présent volume. Index toponymique et typologique couvrant l’ensemble des volumes de la collection.

approx. 544 p., 210 x 270 mm, 2021, approx. € 95ISBN 978-2-503-59338-8 (PB)Série: Catalogue des manuscrits notés du Moyen Age conservés dans les bibliothèques publiques de France, vol. 7En préparation

BOOK HISTORY & MANUSCRIPT STUDIES

Catalogue des manuscrits syriaques et garshuni de Charfet, I. Fonds Rahmani 1-125Youssef Dergham

La bibliothèque de manuscrits de la résidence patri-arcale syriaque catholique de Charfet, au mont Liban, conserve 2200 manuscrits syriaques, garshuni (texte arabe en caractères syriaques) et arabes chrétiens, du viiie au XXe siècle collectionnés en trois fonds (fonds Rahmani, fonds patriarcal et fonds Armaleh) prove-nant essentiellement du Tur Abdin (Turquie du Sud-Est), d’Irak et de Syrie.

Ces manuscrits nous ont conservé des textes couvrant une grande ampleur de la littérature syriaque : Ancien et Nouveau Testament, commentaires exégétiques, œuvres apocryphes et œuvres hagiographiques d’un considérable intérêt littéraire et historique, livres litur-giques, ouvrages théologiques poétiques et en prose, chroniques historiques, controverses philosophiques et religieuses, littérature juridique, ouvrages as-cétiques et mystiques, grammaires, dictionnaires. Les auteurs de ces œuvres sont de grands auteurs connus de la littérature syriaque (Éphrem, Jacques de Saroug, Philoxène de Mabboug, Bar Hebraeus, Isaac de Ninive, George Warda…) ou peu connus ou dont les œuvres étaient encore inconnues (Ignace Masʿud du Tur Abdin, Hanania d’Adiabène, Jean Zurbabi, Daniel de Mardin…), des auteurs arabes chrétiens (Théodore Abu Qurah, Ibn al-Hassal…), des traductions d’auteurs grecs, arméniens (Grégoire, Basile, Chrysostome, Jean Damascène, Macaire, Antoine, Pallade, Évagre, Herbet…). Le présent catalogue, consacré aux man-uscrits Rahmani 1 à 125, offre une description cod-icologique et historique détaillée des manuscrits (matériaux, mises en pages, écritures, reliures…) et des textes avec leurs identifi cations.

approx. 525 p., 121 col. ill., 220 x 280 mm, 2021, approx. € 95ISBN 978-2-503-57042-6 (PB)Série: Transmission des Textes: CataloguesIn preparation

REM

INDE

R

1 2

The Collection of Greek Manuscripts of Angela Burdett-Coutts Annaclara Cataldi Palau

The story of Angela Burdett-Coutts’ collection of Greek manuscripts is investigated here for the fi rst time; the author has identifi ed and personally ex-amined, described and reproduced her ca. 100 man-uscripts in Ann Arbor University Library, in Athens Public Library, in London’s British Library and in Providence, Rhode Island, Brown University.

Baroness Angela Burdett-Coutts (1814-1906), descen-dant of a wealthy and well-known family of bankers, inherited quite young, through a series of unpredict-able circumstances, the enormous fortune of Thomas Coutts, her maternal grand-father. She spent most of her long life in London, where she occupied a prom-inent position in society, becoming well-known not only for her splendid life-style and her important literary and political acquaintances, as, for instance, Charles Dickens and Admiral Nelson, but for her ac-tive role as a philanthropist. This book explores a lit-tle-known side of her life; although she did not know Greek, she became the owner of ca. 100 Greek manu-scripts, mostly theological, datable between the tenth and the sixteenth century, a part of which she donat-ed to Highgate School. The manuscripts, with all the Baroness’s possessions, were dispersed at auction in 1921 and in 1987 and are now mainly divided between American and European University Libraries. This book has identifi ed for the fi rst time the Baroness’s Greek manuscripts, located and described them in detail, with special attention to their script style and their origin, adding to their description one or two plates of each codex.

Annaclara Cataldi Palau was Visiting Professor in Greek Palaeography at King’s College (2000-2005), then at Royal Holloway (2011-2016), and is since 2012 member of the Accademia Ambrosiana in Milan.

approx. 250 p., 7 b/w ills, 75 col. ills, 216 x 280 mm, 2021, approx. € 85ISBN 978-2-503-59376-0 (PB)Series: Bibliologia, vol. 62In preparation

Illuminated Manuscript Production in Medieval Iceland Literary and Artistic Activities of the Monastery at Helgafell in the Fourteenth CenturyStefan Drechsler

Exemplifi es the international societal and artistic contexts of book production in medieval Scandinavia and beyond.

This book examines a cultural revolution that took place in the Scandinavian artistic landscape during the medieval period. Within just one generation (c. 1340–1400), the Augustinian monastery of Helgafell became the most important centre of illuminated manuscript production in western Iceland. By con-ducting interdisciplinary research that combines methodologies and sources from the fi elds of Art History, Old Norse-Icelandic manuscript studies, codicology, and Scandinavian history, this book ex-plores both the illuminated manuscripts produced at Helgafell and the cultural and historical setting of the manuscript production. Equally, the book explores the broader European contexts of manuscript production at Helgafell, com-paring the similar domestic artistic monuments and relevant historical evidence of Norwich and surround-ing East Anglia in England, northern France, and the region between Bergen and Trondheim in western Norway. The book proposes that most of these work-shops are related to ecclesiastical networks, as well as secular trade in the North Sea, which became an im-portant economic factor to western Icelandic society in the fourteenth century. The book thereby contributes to a new and multidisciplinary area of research that studies not only one but several European cultures in relation to similar domestic artistic monuments and relevant historical evidence. It offers a detailed account of this cultural site in relation to its scribal and artistic connections with other ecclesiastical and secular scriptoria in the broader North Atlantic region.

Stefan Drechsler received his PhD in Scandinavian Studies from the University of Aberdeen in April 2018. His principal research interests lie in the fi elds of Old Norse Philology and Art History, and he has published numerous articles and book chapters on interdisciplinary and societal aspects of Scandinavian and English manuscript cultures.

approx. 275 p., 300 b/w ills, 10 col. ills, 216 x 280 mm, 2021, € 120ISBN 978-2-503-58902-2 (HB) / eISBN 978-2-503-59485-9Series: Manuscripta Publications in Manuscript ResearchIn preparation

BOOK HISTORY & MANUSCRIPT STUDIES

La Bibbia a MontecassinoThe Bible at Montecassino Roberta Casavecchia, Giulia Orofi no & Marilena Maniaci

The fi rst publication offering a scientifi c descrip-tion of the Cassinese biblical collection, which holds Bibles of all typologies. Given the large number of witnesses still held in loco and their high variety, Montecassino represents a partic-ularly advantageous, if not unique, situation for the analysis of the material and the study of tex-tual changes undergone by the Bible as a book during the Middle Ages.

For manuscript historians, the Bible in the form of a codex represents a handcrafted object of the ut-most importance: it was the sacred text par excel-lence and served as a vital reference point in the lives of medieval monks. In addition, it functioned as an indispensable tool for daily liturgical cele-bration, and as a study text and individual reading book for the purpose of moral edifi cation. The manuscript collection of the Montecassino Abbey presents an exemplary case study, both for the total number of biblical manuscripts it preserves (just under a hundred, comprising 116 production units) and for the diversity of types (complete “monolithic” Bibles, Old and/or New Testament sequences of varying size and physiognomy, and individual glossed books with commentary beside the text), as well as for the presence of a signifi cant group of codices in Beneventan minuscule pro-duced for internal use within the same Abbey or in its dependencies in a period centered around the eleventh century (with sporadic extensions into the twelfth and thirteenth) which have remained there till the present day.

Roberta Casavecchia is Researcher of Latin Language and Literature at the University of Cassino. Giulia Orofi no is Professor of Medieval Art History at the University of Cassino and Southern Lazio. Marilena Maniaci is a Professor of Greek and Latin Codicology at the University of Cassino

approx. 490 p., 121 b/w ills, 140 col. ills, 216 x 280 mm, 2021, € 90ISBN 978-2-503-59309-8 (PB)Series: Bibliologia, vol. 60In preparation

1 3

BOOK HISTORY & MANUSCRIPT STUDIES

Beyond Words New Research on Manuscripts in Boston CollectionsLisa Fagin Davis, Anne-Marie Eze, Jeffrey F. Hamburger, Nancy Netzer & William P. Stoneman

This abundantly illustrated volume, a companion to the exhibition Beyond Words: Illuminated Manuscripts in Boston Collections and its accompanying catalogue, aims to provide a broad overview of patterns of pa-tronage and book production over the course of the High and late Middle Ages based on the eclectic holdings of Boston-area institutions. The essays, all relating to the history of the book, cover a wide range of topics, and the approaches adopted by the contrib-utors are as varied as the materials they study. The re-sult is not simply a wealth of fascinating insights into individual illuminated books, their makers, and their readers, but also an indication of how much remains to be learned about the materials to which the exhibi-tion served as no more than an introduction.

Gouverner par les livres Les Légendes dorées et la formation de la société chrétienne (XIIIe-XVe siècles)Florent Coste

La Légende dorée de Jacques de Voragine constitue l’une des œuvres les plus diffusées du Moyen Âge.

La Légende dorée de Jacques de Voragine constitue à n’en pas douter une œuvre centrale et incontour-nable de la littérature européenne. Le nombre consi-dérable de ses témoins manuscrits dans toutes les langues de l’Occident médiéval permet largement de le mesurer, tout autant que la foule des œuvres qui s’en sont inspiré. On ne peut manquer pourtant de s’étonner : la Légende dorée a certes circulé à travers les milieux sociaux, les aires linguistiques et les territoires les plus di-vers, mais au prix de substantielles transformations, dans sa matérialité, dans sa composition, dans ses signifi cations et ses usages. Pourtant, sans devenir absolument méconnaissable, la compilation hagio-graphique confectionnée à la fi n du XIIIe siècle a rapi-dement constitué une matrice textuelle accueillante et ouverte aux interventions que ses lecteurs ulté-rieurs ont apportées pour mieux l’actualiser au gré de leurs besoins et selon les nécessités des contextes. Tel est bien le paradoxe d’une œuvre si plastique et poly-valente qu’avec une singulière longévité littéraire elle parvient à perdurer non pas malgré, mais grâce aux modulations considérables qu’elle connait. C’est ainsi que la Légende dorée a pu s’imposer comme un instru-ment à la fois souple et robuste de la pastorale, tout à la fois tourné vers l’édifi cation de l’individu et assurant l’interface entre la collectivité de tous les hommes et la grande Cour des saints.

Florent Coste est maître de conférences en langue et lit-térature médiévales à l’Université de Lorraine, membre du laboratoire LIS (Littératures, Imaginaire, Sociétés, EA7305, Université de Lorraine) et membre associé du CEMA (EA 173, Université Sorbonne Nouvelle Paris 3).

approx. 400 p., 228 x 304 mm, Pontifi cal Institute of Mediaeval Studies, 2021, approx. € 140ISBN 978-0-88844-221-5 (HB)Series: Studies and Texts, vol. 221In preparation

North American customers are advised to order through University of Toronto Press

approx. 300 p., 1 col. ill., 156 x 234 mm, 2021, approx. € 80ISBN 978-2-503-59294-7 (PB) / eISBN 978-2-503-59295-4Série: Bibliothèque d’histoire culturelle du Moyen Âge, vol. 20En préparation

Books of Knowledge in Late Medieval Europe Circulation and Reception of Popular TextsPavlína Cermanová & Vaclav Zurek (eds)

This volume presents a new, complex approach to reading and reading techniques of books mediating knowledge in late medieval Europe.

This book provides a series of studies concerning unique medieval texts that can be defi ned as ‘books of knowledge’, such as medieval chronicles, bestiaries, or catechetic handbooks. Thus far, scholarship of intel-lectual history has focused on concepts of knowledge to describe a specifi c community, or to delimit intel-lectuals in society. However, the specifi c textual tool for the transmission of knowledge has been missing. Besides oral tradition, books and other written texts were the only sources of knowledge, and they were thus invaluable in efforts to receive or transfer knowl-edge. That is one reason why texts that proclaim to introduce a specifi c fi eld of expertise or promise to present a summary of wisdom were so popular. These texts discussed cosmology, theology, philosophy, the natural sciences, history, and other fi elds. They often did so in an accessible way to maintain the potential to also attract a non-specialised public. The basic form was usually a narrative, chronologically or thematical-ly structured, and clearly ordered to appeal to readers. Books of this kind could be disseminated in dozens or even hundreds of copies, and were often available (by translation or adaptation) in various languages, including the vernacular.In exploring these widely disseminated and highly popular texts that offered a precise segment of knowl-edge that could be accessed by readers outside the intellectual and social elite, this volume intends to in-troduce books of knowledge as a new category within the study of medieval literacy.

Pavlína Cermanová and Václav Žůrek are historians and researchers at the Centre for Medieval Studies, Institute of Philosophy of the Czech Academy of Sciences, Prague.

approx. 325 p., 19 b/w ills, 156 x 234 mm, 2021, € 90ISBN 978-2-503-59463-7 (HB) / eISBN 978-2-503-59464-4Series: Utrecht Studies in Medieval Literacy, vol. 52In preparation

1 4

NEW

BOO

K SE

RIES

ART HISTORY

The Medieval Monastery of Saint Elijah at Castel Sant’Elia A History in Paint and StoneAlison Perchuk

Blending innovative art historical analysis with ar-chaeology, epigraphy, history, liturgy, theology, and landscape and memory studies, A History in Paint and Stone: The Medieval Monastery of Saint Elijah at Castel S. Elia, Italy, is the fi rst comprehensive interdisciplinary study of a crucial, but understudied, male Benedictine convent near Rome. The only monastery known to have been dedicated to the prophet in the Latin West, the monastery was rebuilt through papal patronage ca. 1125. Today, the monastery is represented by its church of Sant’Elia, a stone basilica endowed with a Cosmati pavement and liturgical furnishings, early and high medieval sculptures and inscriptions, and vibrant wall paintings that include unique depictions of the prophet Elijah and the Twelve Tribes of Israel as warriors, an apse program with a distinctly elite Roman origin, and an uncommon narrative cycle of the Apocalypse. An outlying chapel marks the site of a theophany that sanctifi ed the landscape and gave the monastery its raison d’être. A History in Paint and Stone makes signifi cant contributions to current art historical debates concerning the geography of art history, communal identity and the visual arts, artistic innovation and multisensory engagement with works of art, the role of natural and artifi cial topography in sacred architecture, and the effects of papal reform. It also demonstrates that politics and devotion were not mutually exclusive and offers a case study in writing history in the absence of texts.

Alison Locke Perchuk (Ph.D. Yale University) is an art histo-rian specializing in medieval Europe and the Mediterranean basin. Her work on the Monastery of Saint Elijah received the 2018 Van Courtlandt Elliott Prize of the Medieval Academy of America and she has held fellowships at CASVA (2016) and the Institute for Advanced Study (2018–19). Currently Associate Professor of Art at California State University Channel Islands, her next project is on medieval Italy’s sacred landscapes.

approx. 380 p., 80 b/w ills, 80 col. ills, 216 x 280 mm, approx. € 150ISBN 978-2-503-58943-5 (HB)Series: Studies in the Visual Cultures of the Middle Ages, vol. 17In Preparation

Harmony in Bright ColoursMemling’s God the Father with Singing and Music-Making Angels Restored Lizet Klaassen, Dieter Lampens (eds)

Hans Memling’s God the Father with Singing and Music-making Angels formed the upper register of an enor-mous polyptych painted for the Benedictine mon-astery of Santa Maria la Real in Nájera, Spain. The three large panel paintings are undoubtedly among the most monumental works of early Netherlandish painting. Since 1895 they have belonged to the col-lection of the Royal Museum of Fine Arts Antwerp (KMSKA), where a team of conservators and scholars have devoted themselves in recent years to their com-plex conservation.To mark the completion of this project, the KMSKA organized a symposium in March 2017 in cooperation with the University of Antwerp. This latest volume in the Me Fecit series publishes the contributions pre-sented on that occasion. Their wide-ranging themes include the commissioning and iconography of the panels, their acquisition by the museum, the depict-ed vestments and what the work has to tell us about fi fteenth-century musical practice. Close attention is paid to technical aspects such as the materials and the painting technique used for the panels, Memling’s underdrawing, the frames, and the conservation treatment – not least the oxalate-containing layer that posed the greatest challenge. There is a musical aspect to the project too: precise replicas have been made of the depicted instruments, which were then used to perform fi fteenth-century compositions with playing techniques inferred from the paintings.

The book features contributions by Maryan Ainsworth, Wim Becu, Till-Holger Borchert, Bart Fransen, Ingrid Goddeeris, Catherine Higgitt, Lizet Klaassen, Louise Longneaux, Karel Moens, Lisa Monnas, Keith Polk, Marie Postec, Marika Spring and Geert Van der Snickt.

Includes a CD with a compilation of representative fi � teenth-century musical pieces performed on reconstructed versions of the instruments shown in Memling’s panels.

approx. 280 p., Music CD, 30 b/w ills, 220 col. ills, 300 x 240 mm, 2021, approx. € 100ISBN 978-2-503-58028-9 (HB)Series: Me Fecit, vol. 12In Preparation

Dutch Golden Age(s)The Shaping of a Cultural Community Jan Blanc (ed.)

This volume critically (re-)examines the key build-ing blocks of the construct of the Dutch Golden Age, their origins, the numerous and diverse pur-poses they have served and their long-lasting cul-tural and historiographical impact.

Table of Contents

Introduction (Jan Blanc, University of Geneva)The making of the Ovidian Golden Age during the sixteenth and seventeenth centuries (translations, annotations, comments and engravings) (Céline Bohnert, Université de Reims)Personifying history – Gerard de Lairesse’s Four Ages of Man(Maria Aresin, Staatliche Graphische Sammlung, Munich)Gouden eeuw: the invention of the Dutch Golden Age during the sixteenth and seventeenth century (Jan Blanc, University of Geneva)‘The most ancient and the fi nest poets’: naturalness in Dutch Golden Age poetry (Jeroen Jansen, Universiteit van Amsterdam)Gothic barbarism or Golden Age? The medieval architecture of Utrecht and Paris through the eyes of Arnoldus Buchelius (Stijn Bussels, Leiden University  & Lorne Darnell, Courtauld Institute of Art)Painting foreign lands: localizing the artistic practice of landscape painters during the Dutch Golden Age (Marije Osnabrugge, Université de Genève)Memory spaces and far away places: Mauritius, Golden Age myths, and the origins of Dutch landscape (Sarah W. Mallory, Harvard University)Aurea Aetas or Golden Age: di�ferent notions to the Dutch seventeenth century in di�ferent periods (Maria Holtrop, Rijksmuseum Amsterdam)The Dutch ‘Golden Age’ today – risks and methods (Jan Blanc, University of Geneva)

approx. 250 p., 5 b/w ills, 60 col. ills, 216 x 280 mm, 2021, approx. € 90ISBN 978-2-503-59107-0 (PB)Series: Gouden Eeuw. New Perspectives on Dutch Seventeenth- Century Art, vol. 1In Preparation

GOUDEN EEUWNew Perspectives on Dutch Seventeenth-Century ArtSeries editor: Jan Blanc

This peer-reviewed series explores all the different theoretical, practical and histor-ical dimensions of the arts produced in the United Provinces between the end of the 16th

and the beginning of the 18th century.

1 5

Questions de mobilités au début de la période gothique Circulation des artistes ou carnets de modèles ?Laurence Terrier Aliferis

Cet ouvrage examine l’impact de la mobilité humaine et de la circulation des œuvres sur la diffusion de nou-velles formules artistiques entre 1140 et 1250.

L’intensité des mouvements des artistes, des œuvres et des objets durant le Moyen Âge, son rôle dans la diffusion des formes et des iconographies à travers le monde occidental et l’impact des échanges avec la sphère byzantine sont bien connus et ont été précisés à de nombreuses reprises dans des études stimulantes. En revanche, les modalités de ces mobilités artistiques n’ont pas encore trouvé de défi nition convaincante. En ancrant la réflexion dans le domaine des transferts artistiques au moment de la genèse de l’art gothique, cet ouvrage tente de mesurer l’impact sur une région donnée du déplacement des artistes. Quels itinéraires ceux-ci suivaient-ils ; quelles distances parcouraient-ils, quels étaient les réseaux de diffusion ? Durant combien de temps un modèle était-il imité ? Quels effets exerçait la mobilité des hommes ou des œuvres sur la produc-tion d’une région donnée ? En outre, alors que l’impor-tance accordée aux carnets de modèles en tant que vec-teurs de transmission a maintes fois été soulignée par les chercheurs, leur rôle effectif n’a jamais été évalué ni remis en question. Ces problématiques sont traitées par des cas d’études bien distincts. Un aperçu des ré-seaux de circulation connus est dressé et leur étendue est envisagée en considérant à la fois les critères stylis-tiques et iconographiques. La question de la mobilité est abordée à travers des personnalités connues par leur signature sur leurs œuvres permettant de retracer quelques itinéraires artistiques précis. Le chantier de la façade occidentale de la cathédrale de Chartres, nœud d’un réseau de circulation de sculpteurs, est utilisé pour tenter de cerner la dynamique des centres artistiques dans la diffusion d’innovations techniques et formelles. Un intérêt particulier est en outre porté aux dits carnets de modèles. Les dessins médiévaux conservés, leur uti-lisation et leur possible circulation sont examinés à la lumière de leur rôle supposé dans la transmission des formes artistiques. Pour certains d’entre eux, de nou-velles hypothèses sont proposées sur l’agencement originel des feuillets, sur la cohérence de leurs repré-sentations ou encore sur leur fonction initiale.

164 p., 124 col. ills, 210 x 297 mm, 2021, € 75ISBN 978-2-503-59141-4 (PB)Série: Les Études du RILMA, vol. 11Disponible

approx. 240 p., 80 col. ills, 180 x 265 mm, 2021, approx. € 150ISBN 978-2-503-59117-9 (HB)Series: Materiality, vol. 1In Preparation

approx. 200 p., 30 b/w ills, 60 col. ills, 180 x 265 mm, 2021, approx. € 90ISBN 978-2-503-59118-6 (HB)Series: Materiality, vol. 2In Preparation

NEW

BOO

K SE

RIES MATERIALITY

Series Editors: Lucia Simonato and Donata Levi

The Nature of ArtPliny the Elder on Materials Anna Anguissola, Andreas Grüner (eds)

This volume addresses the presentation of artis-tic processes and their materials in the Natural History and focuses on the issues that lie at the root of Pliny’s work: his account of the technologi-cal, economical, ideological, and aesthetic aspects of materials.

In his Natural History, Pliny the Elder organises his discussion of crafts according to the raw materials they utilize. However, scholarly literature has paid little attention to the aspect of materiality, prefer-ring to focus on the biographies and achievements of ancient Greek artists. This collection instead ad-dresses the presentation of artistic processes and their materials in the Natural History. This approach corresponds with current developments in the study of Greco-Roman art, wherein scientifi c analysis of artistic materials including stones, pigments, and metal alloys, as well as a deeper understanding of workshop practices, has imposed profound changes on the methods used in the study of ancient arte-facts.

Andreas Gruener is Professor of Classical Archaeology at the Friedrich Alexander University of Erlangen-Nuremberg. His interests encompass Roman housing, iconography, and the history of the Classical tradition. Anna Anguissola is Senior Lecturer in Classical Archaeology at the University of Pisa. Her research has focused on architectural technologies and urban devel-opment, as well as the history and techniques of ancient sculpture.

Building with PaperThe Materiality of Renaissance Architectural Drawings Dario Donetti, Cara Rachele (eds)

Against the scholarly tendency to treat architectur-al disegno in highly intellectualized terms, the es-says collected in this volume offer a new perspec-tive on this early modern practice, by reinserting it into the messy Lebenswelten of the architectural workshop and the building site.

The introduction of paper is one of the major in-novations of Early Modern architecture, and it had profound effects on its design processes. Wider use of paper changed representational conventions, while communication networks were affected by the many implications of portability and reproduc-ibility: circulation of models for study and design increased, and new possibilities of remote control of the building site emerged. The material dimensions of these practices are the subject of the present volume, which collects essays that engage with the manifold inter- and multi-medial complexities of Italian Renaissance architectural drawings on paper.

Dario Donetti is Collegiate Assistant Professor Renaissance and Contemporary Architecture at the University of Chicago. Cara Rachele received her Ph.D in art history from Harvard University in 2015. She is a specialist in early modern Italian architecture.

ART HISTORY

1 6

HARVEY MILLER PUBLISHERS

The Politics of SanctityFigurative Sculpture at Selles-sur-Cher Deborah Kahn

This book introduces the importance of the eleventh-century monastery at Selles-sur-Cher (Loir-et Cher)and its early Romanesque sculpture. The frieze at Selles is the fi rst episodic narrative in monumental architectural sculpture to survive on the European stage. It represents a little known saint – St Eusice. The narrative draws on a surviving text - the Miracula Sancti Eusicii Confessoris written by Letaldus of Micy, a prolifi c local hagiographer in the generation before the frieze was carved and an author of great literary flare.The imagery of the obscure St Eusice would be inexplicable without thistext. The carvings of St Eusice are juxtaposed with the Life of Christ in a series of approximately 35 panels, not quite 2 feet in height, that wrap around the east end of the church, above and below the choir windows. This frieze has been overlooked until now, not only because of its damaged condition but because it was interpreted as a provincial, late Romanesque work. Early twen-tieth century scholars followed Émile Mâle and Henri Focillon, placing it in the 12th century - over a century too late. As a result its seminal position in the re-emergence of sculpture during the fi rst half of the 11th century was overlooked. But the historical and stylistic evidence provide clear proof of a date in the 1040s not the 1160s.As the fi rst substantial surviving episodic narrative in stone and the ear-liest narrative frieze to remain since Antiquity the carving at Selles borrows extensively and astutely from classical remains. The iconography of Selles-sur-Cher further serves as a springboard for the ex-amination of a range of important post-millennial developments.

Deborah Kahn is Associate Professor in the Department of The History of Art & Architecture at Boston University. She has worked extensively on English Romanesque sculpture, the Song of Roland and its representation in Romanesque art and the problem of the grotesque in Romanesque sculpture.

From Kairos to Occasio through Fortuna. Text / Image / A�terlife On the Antique Critical Moment, a Grisaille in Mantua (School of Mantegna, 1495-1510) and the Fortunes of Aby Warburg (1866-1929)Barbara Baert

The author discusses the Mantuan fresco’s key po-sition in the iconographic Nachleben of the Kairos/Occasio fi gure, and the way the theme was accus-tomed in the Quattrocento and the transition from the Middle Ages to the Renaissance.

The ancient Greeks had a name for the joy as well as the sorrow of an occasion that suddenly presents it-self, but disappears just as swiftly: kairos, or in Latin occasio. Using the Mantua grisaille as starting point and leading motif, Barbara Baert guides us in her own intriguing way through the history of the rep-resentation of this fi gure in art.How did the archaic Greek Kairos model survive in the Quattrocento? Which appearances did Kairos take on along the way and how can we explain his mutations? The author shows us how the semantic and rhetori-cal expansion of the concept kairos/occasio brought about gender switches and conflations with oth-er personifi cations of time and fate.Grasping the lock of hair of Kairos/Occasio, spinning the wheel of fortune of Tyche/Fortuna, acting as the mast of the ship and holding the billowing sails, she steers us through depictions of the motionlessness of the moment throughout history before dropping an-chor in the fascinating vocabulary of Aby Warburg. During this journey, she invites us to go offshore looking for a new critical moment that presents it-self as a powerful opening of possibilities

Barbara Baert (1967) is Professor in Medieval Art, Iconology and Historiography at the KU Leuven. Her re-search involves the methodological space between text and image, the impact of the sensorium in the visual arts, and critical re�lection on the art historical discipline. Barbara Baert was honored with the prestigious Francqui Prize for Human Sciences in 2016.

Reviews“A formidable study of the architecture and sculpture at Selles-sur-Cher, Kahn’s book situates the church’s artistic and intellectual creativity as a crucial site for the emer-gence of narrative monumental sculpture. Kahn skilfully shows how these early reliefs deploy narrative to encourage pilgrimage, warn of heresy, and decry Jews, while also mys-tifying the legend of a local saint, Eusice. Methodically ar-gued, closely researched, and superbly illustrated, this book re-writes an important chapter in eleventh-century art.”

Robert A. MaxwellSherman Fairchild Associate Professor of Fine Arts,

Institute of Fine Arts, New York University

“Kahn’s beautifully illustrated, wide-ranging and meticu-lous study provides an eloquent model of how to situate an enigmatic sculptural program, here on the church at Selles-sur-Cher, within the broadest possible cultural context, one defi ned by the charged politics and anti-Jewish and anti-he-retical polemics that marked the period prior to the First Crusade. This is a book that will command the interest of art historians and historians alike.”

Jeffrey F. HamburgerKuno Francke Professor of German Art & Culture,

Harvard University

“Deborah Kahn’s monumental and remarkable analysis provides the keys to the creative process which gave rise to an astonishing carved narrative frieze, a�fi rming the dogma of the Eucharist. The sculptors drew on multiple sources in-cluding the notebooks of Adémar de Chabannes. As a result of Kahn’s work, the study of graphic models of transmission and the subtle play of the adaptation and reinterpretation of those models will be essential for anyone wishing to un-derstand the genesis and di�fusion of Romanesque art.”

Philippe PlagnieuxProfesseur d’histoire de l’art médiéval à l’Université Paris 1

Panthéon-Sorbonne et à l’École nationale des chartes

ART HISTORY

approx. 320 p., 200 b/w ills, 20 col. ills, 220 x 280 mm, 2021, approx. € 110ISBN 978-1-912554-36-2 (HB)Published outside a SeriesIn Preparation

approx. 220 p., 73 b/w ills, 220 x 280 mm, 2021, approx. € 100ISBN 978-1-912554-62-1 (HB)Published outside a SeriesIn Preparation

1 7

Many Antwerp HandsCollaborations in Netherlandish Art Abigail D. Newman, Lieneke Nijkamp (eds)

Artists everywhere and across all time periods have collaborated with one another. Yet in the early mod-ern Low Countries, collaboration was particularly widespread, resulting in a number of distinctive visu-al forms that have become strongly associated with artistic – and especially painterly – practice in this re-gion. While art historians long glossed over this phe-nomenon, which appeared to discomfi tingly counter nineteenth-century notions of authorship and artistic genius that have long shaped the fi eld, the past few decades have seen increased attention to this rich and complicated subject. The essays in this book togeth-er constitute a current state of the question, while at once pointing the way forward. In broadening the art historical lens on this subject, they draw upon eco-nomic and social history, current interests in immigra-tion and mobility, print studies, and technical analy-sis, embracing a range of literary and archival sources along the way. Interdisciplinary in their perspectives and methodologically diverse, these essays present both theoretical reflections on artistic collaboration and in-depth studies of particular artist-partnerships and collaboratively made objects.

Abigail D. Newman is a part-time professor of Art History in the History Department at the University of Antwerp and Research Adviser at the Rubenianum. Lieneke Nijkamp is Curator of Research Collections at the Rubenianum.

HARVEY MILLER PUBLISHERS

ART HISTORY

Corpus Rubenianum Ludwig Burchard XIX. 3Portraits of Unidentifi ed and Newly Identifi ed Sitters Painted in Antwerp Katlijne Van der Stighelen, Hans Vlieghe

This book, one of four devoted to Rubens’s portraiture, contains a catalogue of all the portraits of uniden-tifi ed individuals attributed by Ludwig Burchard or by the authors to Rubens and executed in Antwerp. The volume thus complements the catalogue of all the portraits of known persons painted by Rubens in Antwerp, published in the Corpus Rubenianum Ludwig Burchard as Part XIX.2 in 1987. A decade ear-lier the volume on the portraits painted by Rubens outside Antwerp (XIX. 1) had inaugurated the series on Rubens’s portraits. In 2016, the book dealing with Portraits after Existing Prototypes (XIX. 4) also ap-peared, so that now the cataloguing of Rubens’ entire oeuvre in the fi eld of portraiture is complete.Not all the works discussed in the present book (XIX. 3) are, however, portraits of unidentifi ed sitters – ini-tially the volume’s title. Recent scholarly research has not only allowed insights into sitters previously unrec-ognised, but has indeed made it possible to give an identity to a number of persons portrayed in works that were not included in the second volume (XIX.2). Among these sitters are members of Rubens’s own family, as well as his contemporaries, including signif-icant fi gures in the political, economic or religious life of the period.

approx. 400 p., 75 b/w ills, 60 col. ills, 180 x 265 mm, 2021, approx. € 175ISBN 978-1-912554-63-8 (HB)Series: Corpus Rubenianum Ludwig Burchard, vol. 19.3In Preparation

Corpus Rubenianum Ludwig Burchard XX. 2Study Heads Nico Van Hout

This book is devoted to a remarkable aspect of Rubens’s painted production. It investigates and catalogues not only works that Ludwig Burchard (1886–1960) gathered into the category of ‘Study Heads’, but also head studies by artists closely con-nected to Rubens’s workshop which were demon-strably used in his paintings. The existence of a stock of study heads or tronies allowed Rubens and his col-laborators to exploit the same fi gures in many dif-ferent contexts and create satisfying variety among the numerous characters involved in mythological, biblical or historical scenes. In Rubens’s work, study heads constitute an exceptional type of painting in that they were created not as autonomous works of art, but as a means to an end, an indispensable part of his artistic practice. Yet, even in this marginal cat-egory of work, Rubens achieves maximum artistic expression with an economy of means, as for exam-ple in the iconic Four Studies of the Head of an African Man in the Brussels Museum. The originals of the study heads remained together until the sale of Rubens’s possessions at his death in 1640. Over the centuries, many of Rubens’s tronies have undergone transformation. Panels featuring several heads were cut up quite early on to be sold as separate pictures on the art market, and some tronies were converted by later artists into specifi c characters or even genre scenes by adding extra planks of wood and giving the heads distinctive clothes and attributes. This book aims to recon-struct as far as possible the original appearance of Rubens’s tronies, aided by the evidence of copies and technical research on the works themselves.

2 vols, approx. 600 p., 340 b/w ills, 150 col. ills, 180 x 265 mm, 2021, approx. € 250ISBN 978-1-912554-65-2 (HB)Series: Corpus Rubenianum Ludwig Burchard, vol. 20.2In Preparation

approx. 250 p., 80 col. ills, 220 x 280 mm, approx. € 125ISBN 978-1-912554-73-7 (HB)Published outside a SeriesIn Preparation

Table of ContentsAbigail D. Newman —  Introduction: Collaboration in the Early Modern Low CountriesPart I. Theory, beginnings, beyond AntwerpDorien Tamis —  The Appreciation and Reception of Painters’ Collaborations in the Low Countries: An Overview, c. 1500–1700 / Bernard Aikema —  Collaboration, Connoisseurship, and the Artistic Canon / Katharine Campbell —  Landscapes, Figures, Demons: Collaboration as Canon Formation in Joachim Patinir and Quentin Metsys’s Temptation of St. Anthony / Julia Lillie —  Collaboration in Exile: Crispijn de Passe I and Matthias Quad in Cologne, 1589–1604 / Sophia Quach McCabe —  Many Hands, Many Lands: Collaborative Copper Painting by Hans Rottenhammer, Paul Bril, and Jan Brueghel IPart II. Collaboration in seventeenth-century Antwerp paintingsAngela Jager and Jørgen Wadum, with contributions by Aoife Daly, David Buti, and Gianluca Pastorelli — The Raid by Jan Brueghel I and Sebastiaen Vrancx: Prime Version and Autograph Replica / Arnout Balis, Many Hands in Rubens’s Workshop: An Exploration / Filip Vermeylen —  Antwerp as a Center of Artistic Collaboration: A Unique Selling Point? / Elizabeth Alice Honig —  Additive Painting and the Social Self / Anne T. Woollett — Considering Collaboration: Then and Now

1 8

Tributes to Paul Binski Medieval Gothic: Art, Architecture & IdeasC. Luxford (ed.)

Consistently fresh in their scholarship, these es-says combine to make an important contribution to medieval art history, re�lecting the admiration and affection which Paul Binski inspires in his stu-dents and colleagues.

This volume is published in honour of Paul Binski, whose scholarship and teaching have done so much to illuminate the material and intellectual worlds of Gothic art and architecture. Remarkable for its ma-terial scope and philosophical depth, Paul’s work has had a powerful influence on the current state of the fi eld: this is reflected here in thirty-four essays on buildings, works of art and ideas in a wide range of historical and geographical contexts, from Iberia to Scandinavia and Italy to Ireland. Consistently fresh in their scholarship, these essays combine to make an important contribution to medieval art history. In doing so they reflect the admiration and affection which Paul inspires in his students and colleagues.

With contributions by: Gabriel Byng, Meredith Cohen, Emily Guerry, James Hillson, Ethan Matt Kavaler, Tom Nickson, Zoë Opačić, Claudia Bolgia, Jean-Marie Guillouët, Justin E. A. Kroesen, Julian Luxford, Robert Mills, John Munns, Matthew M. Reeve, Laura Slater, Beth Williamson, Jessica Berenbeim, Spike Bucklow, Marcia Kupfer, Jean-Pascal Pouzet, Miri Rubin, Kathryn M. Rudy, Rocío Sánchez Ameijeiras, Lucy Wrapson, Patrick Zutshi, Mary Carruthers, Jill Caskey, Lucy Donkin, Kate Heard, Robert Maniura, Alexander Marr, M. A. Michael, Conrad Rudolph, Betsy Sears.

Julian Luxford is Professor in Art History at the University of St Andrews.

Torquato Tasso’s JerusalemDelivered from Carracci to Tiepolo The Making of the AffettiGiovanni Careri

Through the paintings of great artists such as Poussin, Tintoretto, Guercino, Tiepolo and dei Carracci, the author explores the affective revolu-tion at the base of the contemporary world.

Armida reaches out to Rinaldo armed with a long knife. She hates him, she wants to kill him. Cupid restrains her arm, but the left hand of the sor-ceress already lies on that of the sleeping hero, a touch that leads her to fall in love. The blue and the red divide the scene. Two contrary passions – narrated by Torquato Tasso, depicted by Nicolas Poussin – are depicted across the canvas. The liber-ated Jerusalem is the privileged locus of the affetti, to which painting, music, dance and theater have been drawn throughout Europe starting from the sixteenth century. Going further than the narrated action, the painters have diverted the attention to the complex dynamics of passion that Tasso’s mas-terpiece conveys in literary images, and have cap-tured the devices for confi guring this new profane affection as opposed to the affectum devotionis of the sacred texts. This volume investigates the exchange between the poetic word and the most stimulating works that have interacted with it. Condensed within vi-sual formulas, a variety of themes emerge such as the blurring of the lines between male and female identity, between love and war; the confrontations and exchanges between different cultures, through violence, religious conversion and the assimilation of one another; the modern hero divided between the worldly, affective arena of the court and the lo-cus amoenus protected from passions. Ultimately, the study examines the astounding political impli-cations of art in relation to court rituals and to all those practices through which power is built and strengthened. Examining the images that perme-ate poetry and the poetic devices that have found their way into painting, Giovanni Careri traces a trajectory to the fundamental moment of recon-fi guration of the visual history of passions.

approx. 424 p., 22 b/w ills, 132 col. ills, 220 x 280 mm, 2021, approx. € 150ISBN 978-1-912554-74-4 (HB)Series: Tributes, vol. 11In Preparation

ART HISTORY

The Pictor Doctus, between Knowledge and Workshop Artists, Collections and Friendship in Europe, 1500-1900Ana Diéguez, Angel Rodriguez Rebollo (eds)

Recent research on the collections treasured by art-ists during their lifetime, or those collections they had access to, has contributed signifi cantly to the understanding of their own compositions.

Table of Contents

Introduction. The Pictor Doctus and the Artists’ Collections: From Taste to a Training Resource — Ana Diéguez-Rodríguez & Ángel Rodríguez Rebollo

I. Learning from the Artistic Collections, Libraries and Workshops Pablo de Céspedes, arte y humanismo en su biblioteca. Una nueva propuesta de interpretación en torno a su colección bi-bliográfi ca — Alejandro Jaquero-EsparciaBernardino Poccetti as Collector — Alexander Röstel & Grant Lewis“Ha muerto Rubens”. El eco de su colección en el rey de España — Matías Díaz PadrónFrancisco de Solís, Collector of Drawings — Ángel Rodríguez Rebollo & Isabel García-Toraño

II. Coteries: The Role of the Friendship and the AcademiesVicente Carducho’s Modelling of Artistic Practice and Connoisseurship — Tiarna DohertyBetween Guild and Academy: Collections of Central European Painters as a Source of Artistic Progress or a Steady Livelihood? — Tomáš ValešFrench Barbizon Landscapes Collected by Pre-Raphaelite and Aesthetic Movement Artists in the second half of the Nineteenth Century — Sarah HerringWomen Painters and Academicians: Models and Collections — Mariángeles Pérez-Martín

III. Artists at the Court: Experience and Erudition Court Institutions and their Impact on Artworks by the valet de chambre Artists Serving at the Valois-Burgundian Court during the Fifteenth Century — Oskar RojewskiVelázquez and the Royal Collection. Opening the Pandora’s Box — Miguel Hermoso Cuest

Index of Names

approx. 250 p., 210 x 297 mm, approx. € 125ISBN 978-2-503-58908-4 (PB)Published outside a SeriesIn Preparation

HARVEY MILLER PUBLISHERS

approx. 264 p., 11 b/w ills, 52 col. ills, 220 x 280 mm, 2021, approx. € 125ISBN 978-1-912554-10-2 (HB)Series: Studies in Baroque Art, vol. 14In Preparation

1 9

Disrupting SchoolsTransnational Art Education in the 19th CenturyFrance Nerlich, Eleonora Vratskidou

The category of the “national school”, paramount for the emerging discipline of art history in the 19th century, tended to dismiss the crucial encounters, confronta-tions and exchanges prompted by the fact that artists commonly travelled abroad, especially for the purposes of education and training. The aim of this volume is to address the complexities of this under-researched phe-nomenon, shedding light on the motivations and im-pact of transnational art education on artists’ careers, on the actors and educational institutions involved (e.g. state-run academies, private schools or studios, muse-ums, outdoor practices) and on the growing interna-tional networks connecting artists, patrons, collectors, dealers, critics and scholars. Even though the nation was a major category for historical actors of the period, it is essential to question the validity of the national framework as an analytical tool for current scholar-ship: our aim is therefore to propose a new reading of 19th-century art worlds based on the idea of circulations, entanglements and revised geographies.  In the 19th century the destinations and itineraries of art students were reshaped by changing artistic trends and reputations, as well as by larger economic and geopo-litical transformations engendered by the formation of new nation states and the remapping of Empires. The more or less temporary expatriations and the ex-perience of difference during the key-period of artistic training generated divergent individual responses to foreign artistic contexts. Their responses were formed amidst persistent tensions between the elaboration of “national art” and the appeal to artistic values that crossed national boundaries. Examining both recurring patterns as well as individual examples, the contribu-tors to the volume analyze career strategies that took advantage of resources labeled as “foreign” and explore the implications of an increasingly internationalized art market for the choices of aspiring artists. Beyond the emphasis on the circulation of people/actors, specifi c attention is given to the transfers of teaching methods, techniques and art theoretical discourses between ar-tistic centers. Contributions also take into consideration the more or less precarious living conditions of art stu-dents abroad, their modes of socialization and group formations, the experience of the city and participation in artistic and intellectual circles.

Table of Contents: www.brepols.net

The Aesthetics of Reaction Tradition, Faith, Identity, and the Visual Arts in France, 1900-1914Neil McWilliam

This study focuses on anti-modernist artists, critics and political theorists in Belle Époque France hostile to secular democracy and its allegedly decadent cul-ture of individualism.

This study focuses on anti-modernist artists, critics and political theorists in Belle Époque France hostile to secular democracy and its allegedly decadent cul-ture of individualism. It examines their reassertion of social and artistic values which, they claimed, had been distorted and repressed by the 1789 revolution. Exploring the cultural implications of the Catholic revival, the impact of the royalist movement Action française and nationalist calls for a ‘Renaissance française’, it challenges previous assessments of na-tionalists’ artistic agenda and recasts ways of thinking about classicism and the notion of a ‘return to order’ in pre- and post-war French cultural discourse. The book offers the fi rst comprehensive overview of national-ism’s impact on pre-war French art, which it comple-ments with synthetic studies of three fi gures affected by these political and artistic debates: the painters Maurice Denis (Catholic revival) and Emile Bernard (‘Renaissance francaise), as well as the critic Joachim Gasquet (Action française). In such a way, the book goes beyond previous accounts to highlight contra-dictions and complexities in pre-war artistic discourse that enrich our understanding of the ideological stakes involved in clashes over modernity, tradition and identity in pre-war France.

Neil McWilliam is Walter H. Annenberg Professor of Art & Art History at Duke University.

Table of Contents: www.brepols.net

approx. 300 p., 100 b/w ills, 20 col. ills, 216 x 280 mm, approx. € 100ISBN 978-2-503-57031-0 (HB)Series: XIX: Studies in 19th-Century Art and Visual Culture, vol. 2In Preparation

approx. 300 p., 6 b/w ills, 80 col. ills, 215 x 280 mm, 2021, approx. € 100ISBN 978-2-503-59157-5 (HB)Series: XIX: Studies in 19th-Century Art and Visual Culture, vol. 5In Preparation

ART HISTORY

NEW

BOO

K SE

RIES

Scottish Portraiture 1644-1714 David and John Scougall and Their ContemporariesCarla van de Puttelaar

This book is the fi rst comprehensive publication on Scottish portraiture from the period 1644 to 1714, with an emphasis on the painters David Scougall (1625-1685), and his son John Scougall (1657-1737). It is based on in-depth art historical and archival research. As such, it is an important academic con-tribution to this thus far little-researched fi eld. Virtually nothing was known about the Scougall family, which also included the somewhat obscure George Scougall (active c. 1690-1737). The legal com-munity in which the Scougalls were embedded has been defi ned, as well as an extended group of sitters and their social, economic and family networks. The most important contemporaries of the Scougalls were the portraitist L. Schüneman (active c. 1655/60-1667 or slightly later), his Scottish successor James Carrudus (active c. 1668-1683 or later), whose work is identifi ed for the fi rst time. An extensive survey of Scottish portraits, with an emphasis on the work of the Scougall painters, is presented for the period 1644 to 1694. Numerous attributions to various art-ists and sitter identifi cations have been established or revised. An overview of the subsequent period up to 1714 is provided, in which the oeuvres and biographical details of the principal portrait paint-ers are highlighted. Countless paintings have been photographed anew or for the fi rst time, and have been compared in detail, which had barely been done before, while information is also included on technical aspects and (original) frames. The result-ing data have been complemented by analysing the social and (art-) historical context in which the portraits were made. The works of the portrait paint-ers in Scotland from this period, as this book shows, now form a solid bridge between the works from c. 1575 till the death of George Jamesone in 1644, and the portraits by the renowned Scottish painters of the eighteenth century.

approx. 500 p., 50 b/w ills, 550 col. ills, 225 x 300 mm, approx. € 200ISBN 978-2-503-58408-9 (HB)Series: Irreplaceable Portraits, vol. 1In preparation

IRREPLACEABLE PORTRAITS Studies on Portraiture from the Medieval to the ContemporarySeries editors: Katlijne Van der Stighelen and Rudi Ekkart

2 0

Corpus architecturae religiosae europeae (saec. IV-X)Italia IIa. Roma entro le mura. Regiones I-IVFrederico Guidobaldi, Angela Miele, Chiara Cecalupo

Table of Contents

Premessa – Introduzione - Indice

REGIO I – Porta CapenaS.Sisto Vecchio (F. Guidobaldi)S.Giovanni a Porta Latina (A. Miele, F. Guidobaldi)S.Maria in Tempulo (A. Miele)S.Leo de Urbe (A. Miele)S.Laurentius post S. Gregorium (A. Miele)S.Nicolaus in septem viis iuxta vipera (C. Cecalupo)

REGIO II – CaelimontiumS.Stefano Rotondo al Celio (A. Miele)SS.Quattro Coronati (F. Guidobaldi)SS.Giovanni e Paolo al Celio (F. Guidobaldi)Titulus Byzanti (F. Guidobaldi)S.Maria in Domnica (F. Guidobaldi)S.Gregorio al Celio (C. Cecalupo) S.Tommaso in Formis (F. Guidobaldi)S.Herasmus (C. Cecalupo)S.Maria in Michahele (F. Guidobaldi)S.Agatha (…) in Capud Africi (A. Miele)S.Stephanus in Capite Africes (A. Miele)S.Nicolaus de Formis (C. Cecalupo)SS. Cosma et Damianus ubi dicitur asinum frictum (C. Cecalupo)

REGIO III – Isis et SerapisS.Clemente (F. Guidobaldi)S.Pietro in Vincoli (F. Guidobaldi, C. Cecalupo) S.Lucia in Selci (A. Miele)SS. Andrea e Bartolomeo (A. Miele, F. Guidobaldi)S.Pastor prope S. Clementem (F. Guidobaldi, C. Cecalupo)C.d. S. Felicita in Thermis (A. Miele)C.d. Oratorio di Papa Formoso (A. Miele)S.Maria in Monasterio (C. Cecalupo) S.Agapitus (…) iuxta titulum Eudoxiae (C. Cecalupo)S.Salvator a S. Maria in Monasterio (C. Cecalupo, F. Guidobaldi)S.Sergius de formis (F. Guidobaldi)S.Daniel (F. Guidobaldi)S.Laurentius super S. Clementem (F. Guidobaldi)S.Salvator de insula (F. Guidobaldi)

REGIO IV – Templum PacisSS.Cosma e Damiano (C. Cecalupo, F. Guidobaldi)S.Francesca Romana (C. Cecalupo)SS.Petrus et Paulus (C. Cecalupo)Indice alfabetico delle chiese nelle varie denominazioni do-cumentate

Histoires d’ordresLe langage européen de l’architecture Frédérique Lemerle, Yves Pauwels (éd.)

Histoire européenne des ordres d’architecture. De l’antiquité au XXe siècle

Tout amateur d’architecture le constate  : les grands monuments dans le monde, du Parthénon d’Athènes à la Maison Blanche de Washington en passant par le palais du Louvre à Paris ou l’Amirauté de Saint-Pétersbourg, parlent un langage ornemental com-mun, celui des cinq «  ordres  » d’architecture, trois d’origine grecque (dorique, ionique et corinthien) et deux romains (toscan et composite), auxquels, au début du XVIIe siècle, la fameuse « Tower of the Five Orders » de la Bodleian Library à Oxford rend un hom-mage explicite en les superposant.L’ouvrage étudie ce langage universel de l’architecture, des origines antiques et des réemplois ou copies du Moyen Âge aux relectures de l’époque moderne (XVIe-XVIIIe siècle) et de la période plus contemporaine (XIXe-XXe siècle) dans l’espace géographique euro-péen, voire de ses dépendances outre-mer. En fournis-sant de nouvelles clés de lecture et de compréhension des monuments, il renouvelle le regard que tout un chacun porte sur ces fragments de magnifi cence qui élèvent les édifi ces au statut d’œuvres d’art. En inté-grant les notions et les démarches propres à chaque époque et à chaque aire géographique, en étudiant la littérature théorique consacrée aux ordres depuis le traité antique de Vitruve, il a pour ambition d’éduquer le regard du public, du simple particulier à l’architecte, en lui permettant d’apprécier les protocoles de copie et d’imitation mais aussi les démarches de transgres-sion qui participent à la création, à travers la circula-tion des modèles et des idées, et à l’exportation des formes, leurs transformations ou leurs hybridations.

Frédérique Lemerle, Directrice de recherche au Centre na-tional de la recherche scientifi que (CNRS, Centre d’études supérieures de la Renaissance, Tours). Yves Pauwels, Professeur d’histoire de l’art moderne (Centre d’études su-périeures de la Renaissance, Université de Tours). Auteur de nombreux ouvrages et articles sur l’architecture eu-ropéenne et la littérature artistique à l’époque moderneF. Lemerle & Y. Pauwels dirigent le programme ARCHITECTURA (http://architectura.cesr.univ-tours.fr)

Table des matières: www.brepols.net

Copies of Flemish Masters in the Hispanic World (1500-1700) Flandes by SubstitutionEduardo Lamas, David García Cueto (eds)

The study of copies of Flemish masters sheds light on a number of art-historical issues, including the means of diffusion of artistic models, stylistic trends and the dynamics of the art market and the world of collecting. These copies are a valuable testimony to the political, commercial and cultural ties that exist-ed between the Hispanic territories and the Southern Netherlands.

Table of Contents

Introduction — Eduardo Lamas and David García CuetoCastilian Legacy and Juan de Flandes’s Mira�lores Copy — Jessica WeissImitation, Inspiration or Innovation? Juan de Flandes and the Use of Models from Illuminated Manuscripts — Nicola JenningsSpanish Fortunes of a Flemish ‘Ecce Homo’: On the Bouts Family’s Originals, Workshop Replicas, Flemish Copies, and Hispanic Imitations— Miquel Àngel Herrero-Cortell & Isidro Puig SanchisJan Gossaert’s Deesis: Copying Van Eyck’s Ghent Altarpiece — José Juan Pérez PreciadoMichiel Coxcie’s Copies for the Spanish Court: A Technical Comparison between the Copy of the Van Eycks’ Ghent Altarpiece and the Copy of Rogier van der Weyden’s Descent from the Cross — Laura Alba, Lorne Campbell, Hélène Dubois and José Juan Pérez-PreciadoMastering Divine Faces: Titian’s Sacred Images of Christ and the Virgin for Charles V — Astrid HarthLas copias de los retratos de Antonio Moro durante su segunda estancia en España (1559–1561) — Almudena Pérez de TudelaLes copies de Marcellus Co�fermans pour le marché espagnol — Marie GrappasonniCopies Emulating Federico Zuccari’s Model for the Annunziata Church in Rome (1570–1600) — Macarena Moralejo Ortega‘It copies the Crucifi xion from Alsemberg’: On the In�luence of Coxcie on the Calvary of Hendrick de Clerck for the Church of Saint-Josse-ten-Noode in Brussels — Ana Diéguez-RodríguezRubens, Martínez del Mazo and the Decoration of the Prince’s Apartments in the Alcázar of Madrid — Ángel Rodríguez RebolloThe Re�lection of ‘Flandes’ in the Spanish Royal Collections: Copies a�ter Rubens in the Patrimonio Nacional — David García Cueto‘It is a copy a�ter Rubens or Van Dyck’: Copying Flemish Paintings in Granada — Manuel García LuqueThe Copies by Miguel Manrique and Western Mediterranean Commercial Networks — Eduardo Lamas

Bibliography

approx. 280 p., 125 col. ills, 210 x 297 mm, 2021, approx. € 120ISBN 978-2-503-58025-8 (PB)Series: Museums at the Crossroads, vol. 30In Preparation

ART HISTORY

342 p., 146 b/w ills, 219 col. ills, 200 x 280 mm, 2021, € 70ISBN 978-953-8250-03-3 (HB)Series: Corpus architecturae religiosae europeae (saec. IV-X)Available

approx. 350 p., 229 b/w ills, 29 col. ills, 210 x 270 mm, approx. € 80ISBN 978-2-503-59396-8 (PB)Série: Études Renaissantes, vol. 34En Préparation

2 1

Silver-Stained Roundels and Unipartite Panels before the French Revolution Flanders, Vol. 5: Medium-Sized Panels and Fragments of Large Stained-Glass WindowsCornelis J. Berserik, Joost Caen

This volume refers to medium-sized panels and fragments of stained-glass windows from the Middle Ages up to the end of the 18th century, found in public buildings, churches, museums and private collections in the present fi ve provinces of Flanders (Belgium).

The present volume contains the panels and frag-ments encountered and researched by the authors since they started their research more than thirty years ago. Many of these panels and fragments are totally unknown to the public as they have never been displayed, nor published. Nevertheless they demon-strate an important aspect of stained-glass produc-tion and stained-glass conservation. Where large windows in churches are well known to the public, it is often forgotten that even more stained glass was created for dwellings of the noble or patricians, house chapels, guild rooms, smaller spaces in abbeys, etc. It also became clear that virtually no glass was thrown away and larger fragments and panes were recycled as ‘stop gaps’ or integrated in composite panels, the so called ‘vitraux d’antiquaires’. Furthermore archae-ological sites nearly always reveal quite small pieces of glass, which could not be used for repairs or as ‘cul-let’ in the glass production cycle. A selection of these archaeological fi nds is also presented in this volume. At the end of this volume ‘Addenda’ to the previous volumes are also added.

approx. 450 p., 500 col. ills, 215 x 280 mm, 2021, € 125ISBN 978-2-503-59382-1 (HB)Series: Corpus Vitrearum, Belgium, Checklists, vol. 5In Preparation

Medieval Art at the Intersection of Visuality and Material Culture Studies in the ‘Semantics of Vision’Raphaèle Preisinger (ed.)

Over the last two decades the historiography of medi-eval art has been defi ned by two seemingly contradic-tory trends: a focus on questions of visuality, and more recently an emphasis on materiality. The latter, which has encouraged multi-sensorial approaches to medi-eval art, has come to be perceived as a counterpoint to the study of visuality as defi ned in ocularcentric terms. Bringing together specialists from different areas of art history, this book grapples with this dialectic and poses new avenues for reconciling these two opposing tendencies. The essays in this volume demonstrate the necessity of returning to questions of visuality, taking into account the insights gained from the ‘ma-terial turn’. They highlight conceptions of vision that attribute a haptic quality to the act of seeing and draw on bodily perception to shed new light on visuality in the Middle Ages.

Table of Contents

Acknowledgements, List of Illustrations Introduction: A Return to Medieval Visuality after the Material Turn — RAPHAÈLE PREISINGER ‘Visual Piety’ and Visual Theory: Was There a Paradigm Shift? — BERTHOLD HUBFortress of Form, Robber of Consciousness: Theorizing Visuality in Islam — WENDY M. K. SHAWDe spiritu et anima: The Cistercians, the Image, and Imagination — JENS RÜFFERThe Liveliness of the Methexic Image — BISSERA V. PENTCHEVARadiance and Image on the Breast: Seeing Medieval Jewellery — SILKE TAMMENReliquaries and the Boundaries of Vision: Relics, Crystals, Mirrors and the ‘Vision Effect’ — CYNTHIA HAHNChannelling the Gaze: Squints in Late Medieval Screens — TINA BAWDEN

Index

approx. 275 p., 30 b/w ills, 7 col. ills, 156 x 234 mm, 2021, € 80ISBN 978-2-503-58153-8 (HB) / eISBN 978-2-503-58154-5 Series: Disputatio, vol. 32In Preparation

ART HISTORY

Willem van den BlockeA Sculptor of the Low Countries in the Baltic RegionFranciszek Skibinski

Although entirely forgotten until the beginning of the nineteenth century, Van den Blocke was one of the most accomplished sculptors of the late sixteenth century in the Baltic Region and in Central Europe. Willem van den Blocke’s activities in the Baltic region provide an excellent basis for a case study, since his ca-reer perfectly exemplifi es challenges encountered byNetherlandish sculptors abroad in the sixteenth cen-tury. Born in Mechelen around 1550 and most proba-bly apprenticed to the studio of Cornelis Floris, he was dispatched to Königsberg (Kaliningrad) in Prussia to erect the grand tomb of Duke Albrecht Hohenzollern in 1569. After completing this task, he settled in Königsberg. In 1582, Van den Blocke moved to Danzig(Gdańsk) and remained there until around 1620. In the Baltic region, he created sumptuous tombs and epi-taphs, commemorating e.g. the Swedish King Johan III Vasa. He worked for members of the Báthory family and the Polish, Swedish, and Prussian nobility, as well as for the urban elites of Danzig, Elbląg (Elbing), and Toruń (Thorn). Despite his importance for the artistic development in the Baltic region, knowledge about Van den Blocke’s life and activities has nonetheless remained limited. Only in recent years the artist be-gan to feature in discussions about the impact made by Netherlandish sculptors in sixteenth-century Northern Europe. This book offers a detailed investi-gation of the origins of his art and design strategies, of his workshop practice, his relationship to other art-ists, his adaptation to the requirements encountered abroad and his patronage. In addition, a thorough analysis of Van den Blocke’s work, following these new avenues of research, allows for a better understanding of the dynamic processes shaping art and architecture during a period of profound transformation of the European artistic landscape.

400 p., 200 col. ills, 216 x 280 mm, 2020, € 175ISBN 978-2-503-58489-8 (HB)New Series: Early Modern Cultural Studies, vol. 1Available

REM

INDE

R

2 2

Convivium 8.1 (2021) Objects Beyond the Senses. Studies in Honor of Herbert L. Kessler

Table of Contents

Iva Adámková, Prologues in Theophilus Presbyter’s De Diversis Artibus and his Notion of the Sense of SightPhilippe Cordez, Golgotha im Kopf. Karl der Kahle und die karolingischen ElfenbeinkämmeVincent Debiais & Elina Gertsman, Au-delà des sens, l’abstractionFrancesca Dell’Acqua, Beyond Human Grasp. The Funeral of the Virgin on the “Wirksworth Stone” (Derbyshire)Nathan Dennis, Mimesis and Materiality: Imitation-Marble Mosaics in Liturgical SpaceBissera V. Pentcheva, Divine Anamorphosis. The Phenomenality of Gold and Chant in a Fi�teenth-Century Antiphonary from the Collection of Robert and Katherine BurkeMarc Sureda i Jubany, Faithful Crosses. On the Survival of an Early Type of Goldsmithery Cross in Late Medieval CataloniaPanayota Volti, Transcender la frontière entre images sacrées et reliques au Moyen Âge tardif: dynamique visuelle et sémantiques catalytiques

About Herbert L. KesslerAnne-Orange Poilpré, L’Antiquité et les origines de la narrativité chrétienne en images dans l’oeuvre d’Herbert L. Kessler. Un parcours intellectuel

Biography and Bibliography (edited by Adrien Palladino)

Convivium Supplementum Transformed by EmigrationWelcoming Russian Intellectuals, Scientists and Artists (1917–1945) Ivan Foletti, Karolina Foletti, Adrien Palladino (eds)

The thematic framework of this special issue is an ex-amination of the impact Russian émigrés had on the humanities and art. From art history to philosophy, artistic creation to ecumenical dialogue, the volume is dedicated to fi gures who, through their emigration from Russia, transformed their places of arrival and relevant fi elds. The articles in the volume assess these topics from an interdisciplinary point of view, extend-ing the usual horizons of Convivium to other fi elds as well. The volume was published as the proceedings of the conference Transformed by Emigration. Welcoming Russian Intellectuals, Scientists, and Artists 1917–1945held at the Hans Belting Library in February 2019.

Table of Contents

Ivan Foletti, A�ter Kondakov. The Heritage of Russian Emigration in the Czech LandsEkaterina Shashlova, Russian Philosophers in France in the Interwar Period. A Review of the Studies of Emigrant PhilosophersJuliette Milbach, Zinaida Serebrjakova in Paris. Iconographic Analysis of a Russian in ExileKarolina Foletti, Presenting Russia to the West. Helene Iswolsky, Russian Catholic Émigré IntellectualCécile Pichon-Bonin, The Russian Illustrators of the Père Castor. Russian Mediators in France of the Concept of Construction in Art and Pedagogy in the 1930sJordan Ljuckanov, The Russian Émigré Community in Interwar Bulgaria. Attempt at a Typology of Transformations, with Focus on the “Aestheticization” of NewspaperAdrien Palladino, Transforming Medieval Art from Saint Petersburg to Paris. André Grabar’s Life and Scholarship between 1917 and 1945

160 x 240 mm, 2021, € 46.50ISBN 978-2-503-59207-7 (PB)Series: Convivium, vol. 8.1In Preparation

Print & Online Subscriptions: contact [email protected] content available on www.brepolsonline.net

approx. 146 p., 72 col. ills, 210 x 270 mm, 2021, € 55ISBN 978-80-210-9709-4 (PB)Series: Convivium Supplementum, vol. 4Available

ART HISTORY

Convivium SupplementumRome on the BordersVisual Cultures During the Carolingian Transition Chiara Bordino, Chiara Croci, Vedran Sulovsky (eds)

Based upon the conference Rome in a Global World: Visual Cultures During the Carolingian Transition (Brno, 14th–15th October 2019), this Supplementum volume of Convivium collects eleven articles that  look at Rome’s artistic production in the Carolingian era across histo-riographical, disciplinary, methodological and geopo-litical borders.

Table of Contents

EditorialChiara Bordino & Chiara Croci – Rome on the Borders. Visual Cultures During the Carolingian Transition

ArticlesIvan Foletti & Sabina Rosenbergová – Rome between Lights and Shadows. Reconsidering “Renaissances” and “Decadence” in Early Medieval RomeAndrea Antonio Verardi – Narrare il passaggio, guidare la tran-sizione. Strategie di comunicazione papale nella prima metà del secolo VIIIErnesto Sergio Mainoldi – The Representation of Sacred Royalty in the codices of Charles the Bald and the Furtherance of Romanness in the Late Carolingian AgePhilipp Winterhager – A Pope, a King, and Three Apses. Architecture and Prestige in Eighth-Century Rome and BeyondChiara Croci – Una questione romana? La (ri)nascita della pittu-ra narrativa martiriale nell’alto Medioevo: altri spunti da Santa PrassedeDirk Krausmüller – In Defense of Tall Tales. Methodius of Constantinople’s Literary Activity during His Stay in RomeChiara Bordino – Images of Saints and Their Relics. Debates on Representation and Worship in the Ninth Century between Constantinople, Rome, and the CarolingiansMaria Lidova – Maria Regina. Transformations of an Early Byzantine Image in Late Eighth-Century RomeMartin F. Lešák – Stational Liturgy and Local History. Leo III’s Apse Mosaic at Santa SusannaAntonella Ballardini & Maurizio Caperna – A Santa Prassede, nella Gerusalemme nuova. L’assetto architettonico dello spazio ab-sidale, l’arredo e la disposizione liturgicaGiulia Bordi & Carles Mancho – Con i santi nella Gerusalemme nuova. Il presbiterio di Santa Prassede tra pittura e mosaici

242 p., 26 b/w ills, 77 col. ills, 210 x 270 mm, 2021, € 75ISBN 978-80-210-9710-0 (PB)Series: Convivium Supplementum, vol. 5Available

JOUR

NAL

2 3

NEW

BOO

K SE

RIES

ARCHAEOLOGY

Studies on Palmyrene Sculpture A Translation of Harald Ingholt’s Studier over Palmyrensk Skulptur, Edited and with CommentaryO. Bobou, J. Vestergaard Jensen, N. Breinto�t Kristensen, R. Raja & R. Randeris Thomsen

This volume presents the very fi rst English transla-tion of Harald Ingholt’s seminal work Studier over Palmyrensk Skulptur, together with a number of studies that contextualise this important volume in the light of current research.

This volume presents the fi rst English transla-tion of Harald Ingholt’s seminal work Studier over Palmyrensk Skulptur, together with a number of studies that contextualise this important volume in the light of current research. Almost a century after its publication in 1928, Ingholt’s ground-breaking Danish-language monograph remains essential reading for all scholars of Palmyrene archaeology and iconography, setting out observations on the typology and style of securely dated Palmyrene por-traits, and establishing a stylistic and chronological sequence that remains in use today. Included along-side the translation of Ingholt’s writings are contri-butions by leading scholars in the fi eld who seek to introduce Harald Ingholt and explore the impact of his work in Palmyra, as well as presenting a survey of all the portraits from Palmyra that can be secure-ly dated by inscription. The translation and com-mentary have been realized as part of the Palmyra Portrait Project, directed by Prof. Rubina Raja.

Harald Ingholt was a Danish archaeologist. He excavat-ed primarily in Syria, fi rst in Palmyra, and then Hama, however, his research interests expanded to include re-gions that were either in direct contact with Syria (such as the art of Hatra), or further away (such as Gandhara), making him one of the pre-eminent experts in the art of the Near and Middle East.

Production Economy in Greater Roman Syria Trade Networks and Production ProcessesRubina Raja & Julia Steding (eds)

This volume offers a unique insight into a trade and economy of vital importance, namely that of stone,  in  the important urban centre of Palmyra in the Roman period.

The site of Palmyra, an oasis city in the Syrian desert located at a cultural and geographical crossroads, was a major trading centre in the fi rst three centuries ad. This volume offers an in-depth exploration into one type of trade and its economy, namely that of stone, and the crucial role that this played within the set-tlement. The papers gathered here explore different aspects of stone, from its use in Palmyra’s famous funerary portraiture, the production techniques that underlay these works, and their polychromy, through to where and how marble and limestone were prov-enanced, quarried, and transported, and what this implies for our understanding of the organization of the stone trade in both Syria and beyond. Chapters on Aphrodisian artists and the rock-cut chambers in Commagene and Cyrrhestice ensure the evidence from Palmyra is set in a wider context, enabling com-parisons to be drawn with the work of sculptors else-where. Together, the papers within this volume offer a unique insight into a trade and economy of vital im-portance in an important urban centre of the Roman period. The work presented here is an outcome of the Palmyra Portrait Project, directed by Prof. Rubina Raja.

Table of Contents

R. Raja & J. Steding, Production Economy in Roman Syria: New Views on Old Stones / B. Russell & W. Wootton, Carving the Palmyrene Portrait Reliefs: Observations on the Collection in the NY Carlsberg Glyptotek / J. Steding, Partly Finished Objects from the Palmyrene Funerary Context / C. Blume, The Polychromy of Palmyrene Portraits: Workmen and Colouration / J.-C. Bessac, Les calcaires de Palmyre face aux autres roches de décoration ar-chitecturale et de sculpture / J. Abdul Massih, Quarrying in the Roman Near East: Palmyra and Baalbek — A Comparative Study / P. Degryse, S. Muskens & M. Waelkens, Sourcing the Stone: The State of Techniques and their Implications / A. M. Hirt, Palmyra, Syria, and ‘Imperial’ Marble / M. Waelkens, The Trade in Marble and other Stone in the Eastern Mediterranean / J. Lenaghan, The Sculptors of Aphrodisias / La scuola di Afrodisia in 2018 / M. Blömer, Quarries, Tombs, and Funerary Sculpture in Commagene and CyrrhesticeIndex

XXIV+562 p., 554 b/w ills, 7 col. ills, 216 x 280 mm, 2021, € 115ISBN 978-2-503-59124-7 (PB)Series: Studies in Palmyrene Archaeology and History, vol. 1In preparation

approx. 220 p., 7 b/w ills, 32 col. ills, 216 x 280 mm, 2021, approx. € 85ISBN 978-2-503-59125-4 (PB)Series: Studies in Palmyrene Archaeology and History, vol. 2In preparation

Individualizing the Dead Attributes in Palmyrene Funerary SculptureMaura Heyn & Rubina Raja (eds)

This volume brings together eight contributions that illuminate how attributes were used by Palmyrene sculptors and patrons in order to ex-press social cohesion and group identity, as well as to demonstrate individuality.

During the Roman era, when the ancient city of Palmyra was at the height of its powers, several thousand funerary portraits were sculpted, each carefully crafted to represent the men, women, and children who had once lived there as members of the Palmyrene elite. In their commemorative mon-uments, these individuals were given specifi c attri-butes to express their social status, wealth, identity, and skills. This volume provides an in-depth explo-ration of different aspects of these funerary portraits and illuminates in particular the addition of attri-butes and how and why they were used by both art-ists and their patrons. The eight contributions gath-ered here examine the range of choices available to commissioners of art works in Palmyra, the preva-lence or rarity of specifi c attributes, and the ways in which the variation and selection of attributes could be used in funerary, religious, or public contexts to express social cohesion and group identity, as well as to demonstrate individuality. Crucially, while these funerary monuments may be closely associat-ed with Palmyra, they in fact provide clear evidence of the city’s relationships across the wider region: examination of the different attributes suggests that the Palmyrenes were aware of how these were used, perceived, and adapted by neighbouring peo-ple as a way of transmitting various social meanings and expressing their own values.

approx. 148 p., 107 b/w ills, 216 x 280 mm, 2021, approx. € 65ISBN 978-2-503-59126-1 (PB)Series: Studies in Palmyrene Archaeology and History, vol. 3In preparation

STUDIES IN PALMYRENE ARCHAEOLOGY AND HISTORYGeneral Editor: Rubina Raja

2 4

Cultic Gra�fi ti in the Late Antique Mediterranean and Beyond Bryan Ward-Perkins & Antonio E. Felle (eds)

A volume that collects and discusses the graffi ti, scratched or drawn on religious shrines in the fi rst centuries of Christianity and Islam, by ordinary men and women, seeking the help of their God and their favoured saints.

Bryan Ward-Perkins is a Professor of History at the University of Oxford and Principal Investigator of the ERC-funded Cult of Saints in Late Antiquity project. Antonio Felle is a Professor of Archaeology and Epigraphy at the Università degli Studi ‘Aldo Moro’ di Bari.

Table of ContentsB. Ward-Perkins & A. E. Felle, IntroductionR. Benefi el, Gra�fi ti in Religious Spaces in First-Century Pompeii: Lararia, Neighborhood Shrines, and Gra�fi ti in the Early Roman EmpireM. Whiting, Contextualizing Christian Pilgrim Gra�fi ti in the Late Antique Holy LandL. Di Segni, Jewish Devotional Gra�fi ti and Dipinti in the Holy LandF. Guizzi, “Slave of the Apostle Philip”: Byzantine Gra�fi ti from Hierapolis of Phrygia (Turkey)A. E. Felle, Late Antique Christian Gra�fi ti: the Case of Rome (Third to Fi�th Century CE)C. Carletti, At the Origins of European Pilgrimage: The Devotional Gra�fi ti of the Anglo-Saxons in Rome (Seventh–Ninth Centuries)J. van der Vliet, Inscribing Space in Christian EgyptA. Delattre, Gra�fi ti from Christian Egypt and the Cult of the Saints: A Case Study from Dayr Abū ḤinnisP. Nowakowski, Pilgrims and Seafarers: A Survey of Travellers’ Gra�fi ti from the Aegean IslandsE. Rizos, Associational Religion in Late Antiquity? Professional Groups, Factions, and Confraternities in Christian Cultic Gra�fi tiF. Imbert, Religious Gra�fi ti from Early Islam in Arabia and the Near EastA. Łajtar, Cultic Gra�fi ti in Christian Nubia (Sixth to Fi�teenth Century)A. E. Felle & B. Ward-Perkins, Conclusions

approx. 250 p., 120 b/w ills, 216 x 280 mm, 2021, approx. € 95ISBN 978-2-503-59311-1 (PB) / eISBN 978-2-503-59332-6Series: Contextualizing the Sacred, vol. 11In preparation

ARCHAEOLOGY

Lagash I: The Ceramic Corpus from Al-Hiba, 1968–1990 A Chrono-Typology of the Pottery Tradition in Southern Mesopotamia during the 3rd and Early 2nd Millenium BCESteve Renette

Six seasons of excavations (1968-90) at the south-ern Mesopotamian site of al-Hiba, the ancient city of Lagash, retrieved one of the largest datasets of pottery spanning the entire third and early second millennium BCE.

Between 1968 and 1990, Donald P. Hansen and Vaughn E. Crawford directed six seasons of exca-vations at al-Hiba, the ancient Sumerian city-state Lagash. Overseen by Edward L. Ochsenschlager, the team documented one of the largest ceram-ic datasets from a southern Mesopotamian site spanning the entire third and the early second millennium BCE. With the availability of digital tools and relational database technology, the Al-Hiba Publication Project, led by Holly Pittman at the Penn Museum, can now analyze these results in preparation of fi nal publication. As a case-study in the diffi culties of working with legacy data, the publication project also assesses how the original recording methodology structures and limits the interpretation of these datasets. This fi rst volume of the Lagash publications presents the ceramic corpus organized in a chrono-typology that traces the de-velopment of the pottery tradition through the Early Dynastic, Akkadian, Ur III, and Isin-Larsa periods. Often confi rming well-established trends in general Mesopotamian ceramic development, this dataset from the south-eastern part of the Mesopotamian alluvium also introduces an underappreciated de-gree of regional variation.

Steve Renette is currently Killam Postdoctoral Research Fellow at the University of British Columbia in Vancouver.

Befund und Historisierung Dokumentation und ihre InterpretationsspielräumeSandra Heinsch, Walter Kuntner & Robert Rollinger (eds)

The contributions focus on the diffi cult correlation between the political demise of ruling dynasties and the development of material culture in the Ancient Near East during the Iron Age.

Archäologische Periodisierungsschemata der ma-teriellen Kulturentwicklung Nordmesopotamiens in der Zeit vom 7. bis 5. Jahrhundert v. Chr. orien-tieren sich traditionell an historische Zäsuren, die mit der Abfolge von Herrschaftsdynastien wie den Sargoniden, Urartäern, Medern, Teispiden und Achämeniden verbunden sind. Gleichwohl die Bedeutung dieser eisenzeitlichen Herrscherhäuser auf die politische Geschichte Vorderasiens un-bestreitbar ist, ist ihr Einfluss auf die materielle Kulturentwicklung nicht im gleichen Maße bestimm-bar. Letztere ist nämlich öfter durch Kontinuität als durch einschneidende Veränderungen geprägt, wie rezente Untersuchungen und Neubewertungen wichtiger archäologischer Befunde in Syrien, Irak, Iran und Armenien aufgezeigt haben. Der vor-liegende Band weist anhand von Fallbeispielen auf die Problematik hin, die bei abweichenden Bedeutungszuweisungen der Dimension Zeit in ar-chäologischen (relatives Konzept) und historischen (absolutes Konzept) Betrachtungsweisen für die Rekonstruktion der Geschichte und der Entwicklung der materiellen Kultur auftreten können.

Sandra Heinsch is Associate Professor of Near Eastern Archaeology at the Leopold-Franzens University of Innsbruck. Walter Kuntner is Postdoc at the Leopold-Franzens University of Innsbruck. Robert Rollinger is Professor of Ancient History and Ancient Near Eastern Studies at the Leopold-Franzens University of Innsbruck.

Table of Contents: www.brepols.net

approx. 340 p., 233 b/w ills, 1 col. ill., 216 x 280 mm, 2021, approx. € 90ISBN 978-2-503-59020-2 (PB) / eISBN 978-2-503-59021-9Series: ARATTA, vol. 1In preparation

approx. 270 p., 155 b/w ills, 88 col. ills, 216 x 280 mm, 2021, € 110ISBN 978-2-503-59147-6 (PB) / eISBN 978-2-503-59148-3Series: ARAXES, vol. 1In preparation

NEW

BOO

K SE

RIES ARATTA

General Editors: Holly Pittman & Marc LebeauARAXESGeneral Editors: Elena Rova & Marc Lebeau

2 5

NEW

BOO

K SE

RIES MEDiTo

Archaeological and Historical Landscapes of Mediterranean Central ItalyGeneral Editors: Alessandro Sebastiani, Carolina Megale & Riccardo Rao

ARCHAEOLOGY

Identity, Diversity & Contact from the Southern Balkans to Xinjiang, from the Upper Palaeolithic to AlexanderMarc Lebeau (ed.)

This volume presents peer-reviewed contributions based on papers fi rst presented at the biennial International Congress ‘The East’ (ICE). Dedicated to the archaeology and history of a region that spans from the Southern Balkans and the Eastern Mediterranean, via the Near and Middle East, the Persian Gulf, and the Caucasus, across to Central Asia, Pakistan, and Xinjiang, the ICE series encourages the publication of research that cuts across not just geo-graphical and chronological boundaries, but also the borders that exist between disciplines. The fi rst ICE Conference chose as its theme ‘Identity, Diversity, and Contact’, and the papers drawn together in this vol-ume comprise several sub-topics, including evolution and resilience, movement, mobility, and migration, long distance and the longue durée, and cultural and economic contacts.

Table of Contents: www.brepols.net

Cultural Exchange and Current Research in Kültepe and its Surroundings Kültepe, 1–4 August 2019Fikri Kulakoğlu, Guido Kryszat & Cécile Michel (eds)

This fourth volume of the Kültepe International Meetings (KIM) gathers archaeological, historical and philological studies dedicated to Kültepe, an-cient Kaneš (central Anatolia) and its surroundings.

This fourth volume in a collection based on the bienni-al interdisciplinary meetings held in Kültepe, ancient Kaneš, draws together sixteen contributions that ex-plore the archaeology and history of this site, with the ongoing aim of taking a holistic approach to revitaliz-ing this important early Anatolian cultural centre. The papers gathered here present both current research and recent important results derived from research in Kültepe and its wider surroundings through four key thematic strands: cultural exchanges between this site and its environs; material culture; sealings, writ-ings, and history; comparisons with other sites across Central Anatolia. Through this approach, this volume is able to explore not only the historical importance of Kültepe, but also to highlight the settlement’s future importance as a pilot site for interdisciplinary studies, thanks to its unique textual and archaeological data.

Fikri Kulakoğlu, Professor of Archaeology at Ankara University, is the director of the Kültepe excavations since 2006 and an expert of Central Anatolian archaeology of the Bronze Age. Guido Kryszat, Assyriologist (Mainz, Germany), specialist on the Old Assyrian period with a focus on early Assyrian history and religious history, since 2017 member of the international team in charge of the publication of Kültepe tablets. Cécile Michel, Assyriologist, Director of Research at the National Center for Scientifi c Research (France) and Professor at Hamburg University (Germany).

Table of Contents: www.brepols.net

approx. 310 p., 226 b/w ills, 216 x 280 mm, 2021, approx. € 100ISBN 978-2-503-58949-7 (PB)Series: International Congress The East, vol. 1In preparation

approx. 280 p., 122 b/w ills, 216 x 280 mm, 2021, approx. € 105ISBN 978-2-503-59152-0 (PB)Series: Subartu, vol. 46In preparation

Archaeological Landscapes of Roman Etruria Research and Field PapersAlessandro Sebastiani & Carolina Megale (eds)

This volume offers a fresh and dynamic new ap-proach to our understanding of central-southern maritime Tuscany during the Roman period.

This volume, the fi rst in a new series dedicated to the archaeological and historical landscapes of central Mediterranean Italy, aims to offer a fresh and dynamic new approach to our understand-ing of central-southern maritime Tuscany during the Roman period. Drawing on research that was initially presented at the fi rst International Mediterranean Tuscan Conference (MediTo) held in Paganico (Grosseto, Italy) in June 2018, and supported by invited papers from other experts in the fi eld, this collection of essays offers the most up-to-date research into Roman and Late Antique landscapes within Tuscany and its broad-er Mediterranean context, as well as the political, economic, and social networks that developed in this area during the Classical Period. Ultimately, what emerges from this in-depth study of river valleys, urban centres, and coastal settlements is an understanding of a dynamic Roman territory of cities and villages, villas and sanctuaries, minor sites, and manufacturing districts in which the lo-cal population fought to establish and maintain connections with the wider Mediterranean.

Alessandro Sebastiani is Assistant Professor in Roman Archaeology at the Department of Classics of the University at Bu�falo (SUNY). Carolina Megaleis a professional archaeologist and directs the Public Archaeology Project at Poggio del Molino and the Etruscan Museum at Populonia.

Table of Contents: www.brepols.net

approx. 280 p., 117 b/w ills, 216 x 280 mm, 2021, approx. € 115ISBN 978-2-503-59139-1 (PB)Series: MediTo - Archaeological and Historical Landscapes of Mediterranean Central Italy, vol. 1In preparation

2 6

Contrasts of the Nordic Bronze Age Essays in Honour of Christopher PrescottKnut Ivar Austvoll, Marianne Hem Eriksen, Per Ditlef Fredriksen, Lene Melheim, Lisbeth Prøsch-Danielsen & Lisbeth Skogstrand (eds)

This innovative volume draws on a range of ma-terials and places to explore the disparate facets of Bronze Age society across the Nordic region through the key themes of time and trajectory, rituals and everyday life, and encounters and identities.

The Bronze Age in Northern Europe was a place of diversity and contrast, an era that saw movements and changes not just of peoples, but of cultures, beliefs, and socio-political systems, and that led to the forging of ontological ideas materialized in landscapes, bodies, and technologies. Drawing on a range of materials and places, the innovative contributions gathered here in this volume ex-plore the disparate facets of Bronze Age society across the Nordic region through the key themes of time and trajectory, rituals and everyday life, and encounters and identities. The contributions explore how and why society evolved over time, from the changing nature of sea travel to new technologies in house building, and from advanc-es in lithic production to evolving burial practices and beliefs in the afterlife. This edited collection honours the ground-break-ing research of Professor Christopher Prescott, an outstanding fi gure in the study of the Bronze Age north, and it takes as its inspiration the diversity, interdisciplinarity, and vitality of his own research in order to make a major new contribution to the fi eld, and to shed new light on a Bronze Age full of contrasts and connections.

The two lead editors:Dr Knut Ivar Austvoll is a research fellow at the Department of Archaeology, Conservation and History at the University of Oslo. Dr Lene Melheim is Head of Archaeology at the Museum of Cultural History, University of Oslo.

Table of Contents: www.brepols.net

Vivre au Château Peter Ettel, Anne-Marie Flambard Héricher & Kieran O’Conor (éd.)

Vivre au Château était le thème du colloque de Château-Thierry, XXIXe colloque Château Gaillard. Ce thème, choisi en liaison avec la problématique des recherches passées et présentes conduites dans la ré-gion, leur a fait une large place. Quant aux châteaux répartis dans l’espace européen, ce colloque a abor-dé plus particulièrement  : la multiplication des sites castraux utilisés par une même famille en fonction des périodes de l’année ou de la diversité des activités et la répartition des lieux de vie au sein du château. Contrairement à une idée reçue selon laquelle le châ-teau médiéval représente le comble de l’inconfort, il a démontré que l’aménagement des lieux tient compte, dès la construction, de la lumière ou des vents domi-nants. Il a souligné aussi l’importance de la hiérarchie sociale au sein du château et les aménagements qui visent à la préserver, ainsi que l’importance des femmes, leur rôle et les lieux et fonctions qui leur sont spécifi ques : cuisine, jardin, gestion. Enfi n, la vie quotidienne a été évoquée à travers des objets usuels comme la poterie par exemple, qui laisse d’abon-dantes traces archéologiques, ou à travers l’agence-ment des cuisines, ou encore à travers les rejets de consommation ou les déblais liés à des travaux. Les quarante-quatre contributions de cet ouvrage éma-nent de représentants des douze pays participants et les nombreux posters présentés ont permis de faire le point sur les fouilles actuelles, notamment sur les recherches conduites sur les châteaux de la région Hauts de-France.

Table des matières : www.brepols.net

284 p., 61 b/w ills, 30 col. ills, 215 x 280 mm, 2021, € 110ISBN 978-2-503-58877-3 (PB)Series: The Archaeology of Northern Europe, vol. 1Available

approx. 440 p., 220 x 280 mm, Centre de Recherches Archéologiques et Historiques Médiévales, 2021, € 42,45ISBN 978-2-84133-998-3 (HB)Série: Château Gaillard. Etudes de castellologie médiévale, vol. 29Disponible

ARCHAEOLOGYNE

W B

OOK

SERI

ES THE ARCHAEOLOGY OF NORTHERN EUROPEGeneral Editors: Paul S. Johnson & Sam Turner

Journal of Urban Archaeology 3 (2021)

Table of Contents

List of illustrations

R. Raja & S. M. Sindbæk, Network Evolutions And High-Defi nition Narratives: An Introduction

J. Haase & N. M. Hammers, Tracing the Trigger of Social Change in the Medieval Town through Imported Food, Objects, and their Biographies

S. Hawken & R. Fletcher, A Long-Term Archaeological Reappraisal of Low-Density Urbanism: Implications for Contemporary Cities

H. Härke & I. Arzhantseva, Interfaces and Crossroads, Contexts and Communications: Early Medieval Towns in the Syr-Darya Delta (Kazakhstan)

J. Kindberg Jacobsen, G. Murro, C. Parisi Presicce, R. Raja, S. Grove Saxkjær & M. Vitti, High-Defi nition Urban Narratives from Central Rome: Virtual Reconstructions of the Past and the New Caesar’s Forum Excavations

P.-Y. Manguin, Srivijaya: Trade and Connectivity in the Pre-Modern Malay World

E. A. Murphy & J. Poblome, Intramuros: Investigating Relations between Cross-Industry Practices and Networks through Sixth-Century AD Sagalassos

M. Pitts, Towards Romanization 2.0: High-Defi nition Narratives in the Roman North-West

E. Heldaas Seland, Associations and Interactions in Urban Networks of the Roman Near East

P. J. Taylor, Incorporating Geographical Imagination into Early Urban Demographic Estimates

The Backfi ll

Available in Open Access on www.brepolsonline.net

JOUR

NAL

50 col. Ills, 216 x 280 mm, 2021, € 50ISBN 978-2-503-59223-7 (PB)Journal: Journal of Urban Archaeology, vol. 3In preparation

Print & Online Subscriptions: contact [email protected] content available on www.brepolsonline.net

OPEN ACCESS

2 7

RELIGIOUS STUDIES, THEOLOGY & MONASTICISM

Raison et quête de la sagesse Hommage à Christian JambetMohammad Ali Amir-Moezzi (éd.)

Mélanges de philosophie et de mystique offertes à Christian Jambet.

Une vingtaine d’amis, de collègues, d’anciens et ac-tuels étudiants de Christian Jambet se sont réunis ici pour présenter leurs recherches sur les nombreux domaines de compétence de celui-ci : la philosophie en général et la philosophie islamique en particulier, la mystique musulmane, la littérature persane, les as-pects historiques, intellectuels et spirituels des deux principales branches du shi’isme, l’imamisme duodé-cimain et l’ismaélisme. Ils rendent ainsi hommage à l’homme et à son œuvre considérable qui ont marqué, depuis plusieurs décennies, les études iraniennes et islamiques et d’une manière plus générale le paysage intellectuel français.

L’éditeur Mohammad Ali Amir-Moezzi, professeur des uni-versités, est directeur d’études à l’Ecole Pratique des Hautes Etudes (Sorbonne) et Senior Research Fellow à l’Institute of Ismaili Studies (Londres).

Table des matières

M.A. Amir-Moezzi, PréfaceIntroduction/entretien avec Christian Jambet (M.A.Amir-Moezzi)Bibliographie de C. Jambet

Contributions dans l’ordre alphabétiques des auteurs :M.A. Amir-Moezzi, Le pèlerinage englobant (al-ziyâra al-jâmi’a) (Aspects de l’imamologie duodécimaine XVII) / C. Arminjon, Perpétuer l’héritage de Mollā Ṣadrā ? Quelques aspects de la théo-logie shi’ite contemporaine / S. Ayada, Du jihād à l’hospitalité. Dialogue avec Louis Massignon / C. Baffi oni, The fi gure of Iblīs in the Ikhwān al-Ṣafā’-related esoteric literature / M. Bar-Asher, Le péché originel dans le Asās al-ta’wīl d’al-Qāḍī al-Nu’mān / R. Brague, Pourquoi l’homme pense-t-il  ? / L. Brisson, Origine du monde chez Platon / P. Caye, Que sont les hénades ? Métaphysique et théologie chez Proclus / F. Daftary, Khayrkhwāh-i Harātī and the Post-Mongol Revival in Ismaili Literary Activities / M. De Cillis, Ḥamīd al-Dīn al-Kirmānī and Muʿtazilism: An Enquiry into an Opaque Relationship / V. Delecroix, Un monde gouverné et fi ni / M. Delpierre, Esquisse d’un concept de mondes possibles chez Naṣīr al-dīn al-Ṭūsī / D. De Smet, Le prétendu syncrétisme nusayri-nizarite en Syrie aux 12e et 13es.: réouverture du dossier / E. Feuillebois, Sur l’anthropologie dans le Merṣâd al-‘ebâd de Najm al-din Dâye Râzi / F. Hartog, Le présentisme apocalyptique des premiers chrétiens / T. Mayer, Ash‘arism and Shahrastānī’s esoteric thought / P. Lory, Quelques remarques sur l’expression de l’amour en mystique musul-mane ancienne (2e / 8e siècle) / M. Sebti, Al-Risāla fī Ithbāt al-nu-buwwāt : un pseudépigraphe / M. Terrier, Dieu change-t-il d’avis? Mullā Ṣadrā, Mīr Dāmād et la notion imamite de badā’

Reading the Church Fathers with St. Thomas Aquinas Historical and Systematical PerspectivesJörgen Vijgen & Piotr Roszak (eds)

In his richly documented and still valuable study of Aquinas and the Church Fathers, published in 1946, Gottfried Geenen, O.P. noted that the study of this aspect of Thomas Aquinas’s thought was just beginning to take place. More than seventy years later considerable progress has been made, both historically and doctrinally, not at least due to the technological advances in the area of the study of Aquinas’ writings. It has been argued both that Aquinas had a remarkable knowledge of a wide range of the Church Fathers and that he was actively engaged in acquiring new material from hitherto unknown Fathers. Due to Thomas’ profound commitment to both Latin and Greek patristic sources he was not only able to draw on the rich tradition of the past but also explore new possibilities and solutions. This commitment and interaction between tradition and speculative reason has led some to claim tentatively that one might characterize Thomas Aquinas’ theology as being ad mentem patrum.  The goal of this volume is to explore ways to cor-roborate this claim. In order to do so, the contri-butions investigate the presence and use of the Church Fathers in Aquinas’ thought both histori-cally and systematically.

Piotr Roszak is Assistant Professor of Dogmatic Theology in the Faculty of Theology at the Nicolaus Copernicus University in Torun (Poland) and Associate Professor at the University of Navarra (Spain). Jörgen Vijgen is Professor of Philosophy at the Major Seminary of the diocese of Haarlem-Amsterdam (Netherlands) and researcher at Faculty of Theology at the Nicolaus Copernicus University in Torun (Poland) and the Tilburg School of Catholic Theology (Netherlands).

Table of Contents: www.brepols.net

L’Hymne de la Perle des Actes de Thomas Introduction, texte, traduction, commentaire. Deuxième édition, revue et augmentéePaul-Hubert Poirier (éd.)

Le plus célèbre poème de la littérature syriaque, qui anticipe les récits de la quête du saint Graal.

Les Actes apocryphes de Thomas, qui racontent l’aposto-lat et le martyre de l’apôtre en Inde, fi gurent au nombre des cinq grands Actes apostoliques anciens, avec ceux de Jean, de Pierre, d’André et de Paul. Connus par une version syriaque et une version grecque, ainsi que par des formes dérivées en latin et dans plusieurs langues orientales, les Actes de Thomas sont cependant les seuls à nous être parvenus en entier. Même si les Actes de Thomas appartiennent au genre du récit romanesque et se rapprochent à ce titre de la littérature romanesque de l’Antiquité gréco-latine, ils intègrent des éléments que l’on ne retrouve guère dans les romans grecs et latins  : des prières, des épiclèses ou invocations bap-tismales et eucharistiques, des discours où l’apôtre propose un message caractérisé par un idéal de renon-cement sexuel, des descriptions de rites baptismaux et eucharistiques, et des hymnes, dont le plus fameux est sans contredit l’«Hymne de Judas Thomas l’apôtre, quand il était au pays des Indiens », mieux connu sous le titre d’«Hymne de la Perle» ou d’«Hymne de l’âme». Transmis en syriaque et en grec, par un seul manuscrit dans chacun des cas, et par une paraphrase byzantine, l’Hymne de la Perle se présente sous la forme d’un récit qui raconte l’épopée d’un jeune prince oriental envoyé en Égypte pour en rapporter une précieuse et unique perle gardée par un dragon. On a volontiers vu dans ce poème, dont la composition est antérieure à celle des Actes de Thomas, une évocation de la destinée de l’âme, d’origine céleste, en exil dans le corps et la matière. Une lecture de l’hymne plus attentive permet cependant de le situer dans un contexte historique et doctrinal précis, celui de la réappropriation des Actes de Thomaspar les manichéens. Cet ouvrage propose une nouvelle édition et une traduction française des trois versions de l’Hymne de la Perle, précédées d’une introduction et suivies d’un commentaire.

Paul-Hubert Poirier, professeur émérite de l’Université Laval (Québec), est membre de l’Institut de France (Académie des Inscriptions et Belles-Lettres) et de la Société royale du Canada.

558 p., 156 x 234 mm, 2021, € 80ISBN 978-2-503-59353-1 (PB) / eISBN 978-2-503-59354-8Série: Bibliothèque de l’Ecole des Hautes Etudes, Sciences Religieuses, vol. 188En préparation

approx. 450 p., 1 b/w ill., 156 x 234 mm, 2021, approx. € 78ISBN 978-2-503-59320-3 (PB) / eISBN: 978-2-503-59321-0Series: Bibliothèque de l’Ecole des Hautes Etudes, Sciences Religieuses, vol. 189In preparation

approx. 468 p., 156 x 234 mm, 2021, approx. € 140ISBN 978-2-503-59121-6 (PB)Série: Homo Religiosus, vol. 21En préparation

Cover image not yet available

2 8

The Spirit, the World and the Trinity: Origen’s and Augustine’s Understanding of the Gospel of John Giovanni Hermanin de Reichenfeld

This book is a comparative study of two major pneu-matological paradigms of Patristic times: the theolo-gies of Origen of Alexandria and Augustine of Hippo.

In a renowned and controversial passage Origen writes: “Of the subsistence of the Holy Spirit, no-one could have even a suspicion, except those who profess a belief in Christ” (De Principiis, 1,3). But how come that ancient Christian authors elaborated a theology of the Holy Spirit? This innovative study tackles this question by analysing how the exegesis of the Gospel of John shaped the Trinitarian and soteriological agency of the Holy Spirit in the theologies of two of the most important Christian authors of all times: Origen and Augustine. In particular, the Johannine Father-Son-Spirit relation and the dichotomy between God and the world represent the foundation on which Origen and Augustine built their pneumatologies. At a closer look, one even realises that they both conceived the God-man relationship through a Johannine lens.The heuristic comparison proposed in this book is focused on the three large themes, towards which Origen and Augustine represent opposite approach-es: the understanding of the immanent Trinity, the dualism between God and the world and the proper role of the Holy Spirit. On the one hand, Origen put forward a paradigm of participation to explain the one-ness and Threeness of God. On the other, Augustine understands God’s self-relation through a paradigm of identity. These two Trinitarian constructions are shaped by a different understanding of the Gospel of John: while Origen’s theology mostly smooths the gospel’s dualism by interpreting God’s salvifi c act as a gradual spiritualisation of the world, Augustine tends to accentuate the Gospel’s dichotomies by radicalis-ing the Johannine dualism. This study will therefore clarify the two specifi c paradigms in the two authors’ theologies: participation/transformation in Origen and identity/separation in Augustine, showing also how these paradigms are patterned after their different understanding of the fourth Gospel.

Dr. Giovanni Hermanin de Reichenfeld completed his PhD at the University of Exeter in 2019 and is currently Adjunct Lecturer at the Institutum Patristicum Augustinianum (Rome, Italy).

approx. 300 p., 156 x 234 mm, 2021, approx. € 65ISBN 978-2-503-58991-6 (PB) / eISBN 978-2-503-59043-1Series: Studia Traditionis Theologiae, vol. 40In preparation

Vigilemus et OremusThe Theological Signifi cance of ‘Keeping Vigil’ in Rome from the Fourth to the Eighth CenturiesJames G. Sabak, O.F.M.

A thorough and detailed study of the liturgical prac-tice of ‘keeping vigil’ in early Roman tradition and its theological signifi cance for contemporary liturgical engagement.

Christians have observed vigils in both East and West from earliest times. In the broad liturgical tradition of Christianity, the idea of keeping vigil appears to mani-fest the Church’s eschatological nature. Documentary evidence from the earliest centuries reveals that some Christians kept a night watch at the graves of martyrs and other heroes of the faith as to anticipate that dawn when the rising Sun of Justice would return in fulfi lment of his promise. Eventually, vigils appear not just for Easter, Pentecost and saints’ days, but also for Christmas, the dedication of a church building, and on Saturday evening of the uniquely Roman quarterly Ember Weeks.Liturgical sources of the sixth, seventh, and eighth centuries reveal that such practices became relative-ly standardized with the assignment of specifi c Mass texts and scriptural readings, yet we know very little about the precise elements which comprised a vigil liturgy and of their theological signifi cance. At the same time these vigils were so important that they attracted to themselves the celebration of major sac-ramental liturgies during them. Hence, the Paschal Vigil, which existed for centuries as a vigil liturgy of scriptural readings and prayers gradually became the setting for the annual baptismal celebration. The task of this book will study the nature of Roman vigil lit-urgies in the early centuries of Christianity in order to unravel the most primitive structure of keeping vigil and to provide a better understanding of the Paschal Vigil, which Augustine of Hippo affi rms as the ‘moth-er of all vigils.’

James G Sabak, O.F.M., is Director of Worship for the Diocese of Raleigh, North Carolina, U.S.A.

‘My God, my God why have you abandoned me’ The experience of God’s withdrawal in late antique exegesis, Christology and ascetic literatureEvangelos Bartzis

The motif of God’s turning away his face still matters in theology as a direct aftermath of the horrors that the world experienced during WWII and also in the wake of the promotion of an excessive reading of the-ology, called kenotic. It even appears in unexpected places with no discernible association to the histor-ical development of the Christian doctrine (Caputo, Žižek and C.S. Lewis). This book provides a historical supplement to current approaches and explores the way that late antique theology laid out the theoreti-cal substratum on which modern approaches could anchor themselves. It presents the nuanced ways in which the motif of divine abandonment developed in late antiquity, displays the various threads of thought that theology pursued in different contexts (exegesis, Christology and ascetic desert literature) and raises three points: the extent to which parallel lines were drawn in late antique theology between the experi-ences of the bride in the Song of Songs, Jesus on the cross and the early ascetics; the normativeness of divine abandonment in early Christian thought and its association to sinfulness; the possibility that late antique theology had introduced a Jesus-like ‘kind’ of abandonment.

Dr Evangelos Bartzis obtained his BA in Theology at the University of Athens, Greece and completed his doctoral research at Durham University, UK. He is  an independent researcher who teaches Religious Education and History in a private school, and also a private tutor teaching English to Students of Other Languages (ESOL).

411 p., 216 x 280 mm, 2021, approx. € 85ISBN 978-2-503-59088-2 (PB) / eISBN 978-2-503-59089-9Series: Studia Traditionis Theologiae, vol. 42In preparation

approx. 400 p., 156 x 234 mm, 2021, approx. € 75ISBN 978-2-503-59360-9 (PB) / eISBN 978-2-503-59361-6Series: Studia Traditionis Theologiae, vol. 43In preparation

RELIGIOUS STUDIES, THEOLOGY & MONASTICISM

2 9

RELIGIOUS STUDIES, THEOLOGY & MONASTICISM

Eight Logismoi in the Writings of Evagrius Ponticus Leszek Misiarczyk

This book presents the teaching of Evagrius of Pontus (345-399) on eight passionate thoughts (logismoi), i.e. gluttony, impurity, avarice (greed), sadness, anger (wrath), acedia, vanity and pride.

This book presents the teaching of Evagrius of Pontus (345-399) about eight passionate thoughts (logismoi), i.e. gluttony, impurity, avarice (greed), sadness, an-ger (wrath), acedia, vanity and pride. The study fi rst reconstructs cosmology, eschatology, anthropology and spiritual teaching of the monk of Pontus in order to show the nature, dynamics and ways of combating against the eight passionate thoughts as proposed by Evagrius. His teaching in this regard became the basis for later Christian teaching on the Seven Deadly Sins and an inspiration in the future for some currents of modern psychology.

Leszek Misiarczyk is professor in humanities. He teaches at the Cardinal Stefan Wyszyński University in Warsaw.

approx. 400 p., 1 b/w ill., 156 x 234 mm, 2021, approx. € 75ISBN 978-2-503-59494-1 (PB) / ISBN 978-2-503-59495-8Series: Studia Traditionis Theologiae, vol. 44In preparation

Through the Bone and Marrow Re-examining Theological Encounters with Dance in Medieval EuropeLaura Hellsten

This book is a conversation starter. The author is re-imagining the theological landscape of historical practices of dance in order to open up a space where further explorations can be made. This is done in a two step manner. First, the book uncovers the restrictions of earlier research on the topic of dance in and around churches. In the second step, Hellsten suggests a practice for how historical sources can be imagined in a new frame. Opening up a new fi eld of previous-ly neglected and much needed historical studies on Dance in the Christian churches of the Latin West this study aims at questioning old paradigms and opening new vistas rather than reinterpreting concrete liturgi-cal manuscripts or scrutinizing all the details of the historical sources presented.

Laura Hellsten is a post-doctoral fellow in Systematic Theology at Åbo Akademi University.

The Son is Truly Son The Trinitarian and Christological Theology of Eusebius of CaesareaAdam Renberg

This book provides a reconsideration and rehabili-tation of Eusebius of Caesarea’s theology of the Son of God, which contributes to understandings of the Arian controversy, Origenism in the fourth century, and the development of Trinitarian doctrine.

Theology in the early fourth century was engrossed with questions about the nature of the Son of God in relation to the Father. How was he ‘from the essence’ of the Father? Was there a time when he was not? While generally treated as a minor footnote in the de-velopment of trinitarian and christological theology by most modern scholars, Eusebius of Caesarea pro-vides a rich and original contribution to these debates about the trinity and theology in the midst of the Arian controversy. This project explores the theologi-cal framework of Eusebius, focusing specifi cally on his understanding of the Son of God. Therein, it proposes and employs an underutilized lens to view the bishop – according to his exegetical strategies and his explic-itly theological works. In doing so, Eusebius’ primary understanding of the nature and role of the second person of the Trinity comes to the fore: the Son is truly Son. By focusing on his theology of the Son in multiple facets – trinitarianism, cosmology, soteriology, and Christology – his unique theological contribution to the church becomes clear. Eusebius is an important transmitter of Origenian theology and a foundational thinker for the later fourth and early fi fth century.

Adam R. Renberg teaches courses in theology and Christian Studies at Anderson University and serves as a pastor in Anderson, South Carolina.

approx. 450 p., 16 b/w ills, 34 col. ills, 156 x 234 mm, 2021, approx. € 75ISBN 978-2-503-59496-5 (PB) / eISBN 978-2-503-59497-2Series: Studia Traditionis Theologiae, vol. 45In preparation

approx. 250 p., 156 x 234 mm, 2021, approx. € 65ISBN 978-2-503-59498-9 (PB) / eISBN 978-2-503-59499-6Series: Studia Traditionis Theologiae, vol. 46In preparation

3 0

NEW

BOO

K SE

RIES TRANSCULTURAL

MEDIEVAL STUDIESGeneral Editors: Matthias M. Tischler, Alexander Fidora & Kristin Skottki

The Homiliary of Paul the Deacon Religious and Cultural Reform in Carolingian EuropeZachary Guiliano

An ambitious examination of one of the most im-portant theological and liturgical texts of the Middle Ages — the homiliary of Paul the Deacon commis-sioned by Charlemagne — and the fi rst comprehen-sive study of its earliest witnesses, a resource for all those interested in Charlemagne, medieval liturgy, theology, and preaching.

As one of the most widely used products of Charlemagne’s religious and cultural reforms, the homiliary of Paul the Deacon is a unique monument in the history of Western Europe. Completed around AD 797, this collection of patristic homilies and ser-mons shaped the religious faith and liturgical practic-es of the churches in Carolingian Europe and those of countless other churches over the course of a millen-nium of use. Until now, scholarly study of the homiliary has rest-ed on seven partial witnesses to the collection. This study, however, draws on over 80 newly identifi ed wit-nesses from the Carolingian period, while providing a brief guide and handlist to hundreds of later manu-scripts. It replaces the current scholarly reconstruction of the homiliary, discusses the signifi cance of the col-lection’s liturgical structure and provisions, and con-siders the composition of the homiliary in the context of Charlemagne’s reforms and Paul’s patron-client relationships. The study also brings together evidence for the production and use of this text in thirty-three Carolingian monasteries, cathedrals, and churches.The book then addresses the homiliary’s theological character: the contents of the homiliary reflected a concern for expressing and defending orthodox doctrine at Charlemagne’s court against Trinitarian and Christological heresies, as well as an urgent at-tention to moral reform in the light of a belief in the imminence of divine judgement. Finally, the study demonstrates the varied uses of Paul’s collection and its historical legacy.

The Revd Dr Zachary Guiliano is chaplain and career devel-opment research fellow at St Edmund Hall, Oxford. He is the author of various articles, essays, and reviews in theolo-gy and church history.

approx. 330 p., 1 b/w ill., 3 col. ills, 156 x 234 mm, 2021, € 90ISBN 978-2-503-57791-3 (HB)Series: Sermo, vol. 16In preparation

Existe-t-il une mystique au Moyen Âge Actes du colloque international, organisé par l’Institut d’Études Médiévales et tenu à l’Institut Catholique de Paris les 30 novembre et 1er décembre 2017, réunis par Dominique PoirelDominique Poirel (éd.)

Si la notion de mystique semble aller de soi pour le Moyen Âge, ce semble être par suite d’un malentendu. Car si l’historiographie du XIXe siècle flétrissait volon-tiers de ce mot ce qui, dans la littérature médiévale, lui semblait mièvre, irrationnel ou extravagant, les auteurs médiévaux se servent quant à eux de l’adjectif “mys-tique” pour désigner bien autre chose : une certaine manière d’interpréter les Écritures (sens mystique), une façon de discourir sur Dieu (théologie mystique), une appartenance à la même Église (corps mystique). Il convient donc de revenir aux textes, en leur posant ces questions. Quand le mot “mystique” est-il employé dans des œuvres médiévales, et que veut-il dire ? À l’inverse, dans les œuvres dites aujourd’hui “mystiques”, com-ment ce qui relève de cette catégorie est-il nommé, défi -ni, compris par les auteurs eux-mêmes ? Est-il pertinent d’enclore dans un même genre des textes aussi divers que les visions, la littérature de dévotion, les analyses de la contemplation, les itinéraires de l’âme vers Dieu, la Théologie mystique du pseudo-Denys ? De la fi n de l’époque patristique aux début de la Renaissance, le sens du mot “mystique” est-il resté stables, ou bien a-t-il évolué ? Au fond, peut-on dire que la notion moderne de mystique a son origine dans les temps médiévaux ?

Dominique Poirel est historien des textes et de la pensée du Moyen Âge, éditeur et spécialiste en particulier de l’école de Saint-Victor.

Table des matières

D. Poirel, IntroductionD. Poirel, Le mot mysticus et ses emplois au Moyen ÂgeLe XIIe siècleM. Lamy, La spiritualité nuptiale des Cisterciens / C. Giraud, Les noces d’exégèse et de contemplation : la spiritualité d’Hugues et de Richard de Saint-Victor / L. Moulinier-Brogi, Élisabeth de Schönau et Hildegarde de Bingen, un tandem paradoxalL’âge des universitésD. Lawell, The Medieval Assimilation of Dionysian Mystical Theology / L. Solignac, Le fait mystique chez deux scolastiques (Bonaventure et Thomas d’Aquin) / É. Boncour, Y a-t-il une mys-tique eckhartienne ? / M. Vial, Jean Gerson et la théologie mystiqueAu-delà de l’ÉcoleJ.-R. Valette, Existe-t-il une mystique courtoise ? Mots, textes et concepts / J. Dalarun, Un Huron chez les mystiques / O. Boulnois, Conclusions. Continuités, glissements, ruptures

Transcultural Approaches to the Bible Exegesis and Historical Writing across Medieval WorldsMatthias M. Tischler & Patrick S. Marschner (eds)

This volume, the fi rst in the new series Transcultural Medieval Studies, draws together scholars from around the world to offer new insights into the im-portance and role of the Bible across the varied cul-tures of medieval Europe. The papers gathered here take a comparative and multidisciplinary approach to the subject, focusing on the biblical background of perceptions of the religious and cultural ‘Self ’ and ‘Other’ in the Mediterranean, in Latin Europe, and in the Baltic.

Prof. Dr. Matthias M. Tischler (UAB) is ICREA Research Professor at the Institut d’Estudis Medievals/Departament de Ciències de l’Antiguitat de l’Edat Mitjana of the Universitat Autònoma de Barcelona, Bellaterra, and Member of the Academia Europaea. He is the editor-in-chief of TMS. Dr. Patrick S. Marschner is a postdoctoral research-er at the Institut für Mittelalterforschung of the Österreichische Akademie der Wissenscha�ten, Vienna.

Table of ContentsM. M. Tischler, Scientifi c Challenges in a Changing World: Trans cultural Medieval Studies in the Twenty-First Century / M. M. Tischler & P. S. Marschner, Bible, Exegesis and Historiography in the Medieval Worlds: Crossing Histories from a Transcultural Point of ViewPart I: The Iberian WorldM. M. Tischler, Reframing Salvifi c History in a Transcultural Society: Iberian Bibles as Models of Historical, Prophetic and Eschatological Writing / E. Vernet i Pons, The Bible of Vic (1268): Textual and Theological Value of its Glosses in the Context of the Barcelona Disputation (1263) / P. S. Marschner, The Chronicle of Sampiro, the Arabs, and the Bible: Eleventh-Century Christian-Iberian Strategies of Identifying the Cultural and Religious ‘Other’Part II: Latin Europe and the Near EastS. Kangas, Scripture, Hierarchy, and Social Control: The Uses of the Bible in the Twel�th- and Thirteenth-Century Chronicles and Chansons of the Crusades / L. M. Walker, Condemned Sisters, E�feminate Brothers, and Damned Heretics: Ezekiel 23 and the Negotiation of Clerical Sexuality in the Thirteenth CenturyPart III: The Baltic WorldP. Fraundorfer, How to Fit the ‘Livs’ into Sacred History? Identifying the Cultural ‘Other’ in the Earliest Latin Sources Depicting the Livonian Crusade / S. Donecker, Wolves in the Wilderness: Biblical Typology and the Envisioning of Lithuanian Pagans in the Thirteenth and Fourteenth Centuries

198 p., 156 x 234 mm, 2021, approx. € 50ISBN 978-2-503-59331-9 (PB) / eISBN 978-2-503-59364-7Publié hors sérieEn préparation

approx. 275 p., 20 col. ills, 156 x 234 mm, 2021, € 80ISBN 978-2-503-59285-5 (HB) / eISBN 978-2-503-59286-2Series: Transcultural Medieval Studies, vol. 1In preparation

RELIGIOUS STUDIES, THEOLOGY & MONASTICISM

3 1

Un platonisme original au XIIe siècle Métaphysique pluraliste et théologie trinitaire dans le De unitate et pluralitate creaturarum d’Achard de Saint-VictorIryna Lystopad

Métaphysique pluraliste et théologie trinitaire dans la philosophie médiévale platonicienne d’Achard de Saint-Victor

Achard de Saint-Victor (†1171) est un représentant moins connu de l’école de Saint-Victor, élève d’Hugues, chanoine, maître, abbé de l’abbaye de Saint-Victor à Paris (1155-1161), évêque d’Avranches (1161-1171). Son œuvre, le De unitate et pluralitate creaturarum, consiste en deux parties qui portent sur la doctrine trinitaire et sur la doctrine de la pluralité des raisons éternelles dans le Verbe de Dieu.Cette recherche entend rétablir les thèses principales exposées par Achard de Saint-Victor dans son livre De unitate et pluralitate creaturarum pour montrer que les capacités métaphysiques de ce penseur ne le cèdent pas aux philosophes plus connus de son époque. Notamment, l’auteure étudie la façon dont le De uni-tate recourt aux doctrines médio et néoplatoniciennes pour résoudre la question d’une coexistence de l’unité et de la pluralité en Dieu et dans les créatures. L’enjeu est ainsi de mieux comprendre la place de la méta-physique platonicienne dans l’école de Saint-Victor, et ce malgré la rareté des sources au XIIe siècle, œuvres de Platon ou de ses disciples grecs.Le présent ouvrage contribue à résoudre deux pro-blèmes de l’histoire de la philosophie : quels éléments et sources platoniciens ont été reçus au XIIe siècle et quelle place la pensée victorine fait à l’héritage plato-nicien. Les problèmes philosophiques soulevés sont la multiplication des objets intelligibles et sensibles, la défi nition de la chose et l’identité des êtres.

Iryna Lystopad a étudié la philosophie à l’Université Nationale “Académie Mohyla de Kyiv”. Le present ouvrage est issu de la thèse qu’elle a soutenu en 2016 en cotu-telle entre cette université et l’École Pratique des Hautes Études (Paris), sous la direction d’Andriy Vasylchenko et Dominique Poirel

approx. 350 p., 1 col. ill., 160 x 245 mm, 2021, approx. € 85ISBN 978-2-503-59374-6 (HB) / eISBN 978-2-503-59379-1Série: Bibliotheca Victorina, vol. 28En préparation

RELIGIOUS STUDIES, THEOLOGY & MONASTICISMRELIGIOUS STUDIES, THEOLOGY & MONASTICISM

Victorine Texts in Translation: Life at Saint Victor The Liber Ordinis, the Life of William of Æbelholt, and a selection of works of Hugh, Richard, and Odo of Saint Victor, and other authorsFrans van Liere & Juliet Mousseau

This volume brings together a number of texts that shed light on life in the Abbey of Saint Victor in Paris, from its ideals to its daily routine. The Liber ordinis builds a framework and ideal vision for life at the Abbey of Saint Victor. Richard’s De quaestionibus, Hugh’s De institutione novitiorum, the letters of Odo, William of Aebelholt’s Vita, and the other documents translated here reflect the spirit of Victorine reform. Its central theme was the vita apostolica, with its em-phasis on sharing resources and living in a communi-ty. By incorporating prayer, pastoral care, moral dis-cipline, and education, the Victorines believed their lifestyle would help to reform the greater Christian world that was so in need of restoration to the image in which God had created it. Many of the texts gath-ered here are translated into English for the fi rst time, and are an invaluable resource for the study of the Abbey of Saint Victor, twelfth-century church reform, and medieval spirituality.

Frans van Liere is professor of medieval history at Calvin University in Grand Rapids, Michigan. Juliet Mousseauis a Religious of the Sacred Heart of Jesus and Professor of Church History at the Aquinas Institute of Theology in Saint Louis, Missouri

approx. 500 p., 1 b/w ill., 152 x 229 mm, 2021, approx. € 90ISBN 978-2-503-58066-1 (HB) / eISBN 978-2-503-58067-8Series: Victorine Texts in Translation, vol. 9In preparation

Victorine Restoration Essays on Hugh of St Victor, Richard of St Victor, and Thomas GallusRobert Porwoll & David Orsbon (eds)

Gathering the fruits of a recent renaissance in schol-arship, this volume will serve an important function for readers interested in Victorine studies.

The Victorines were scholars and teachers of philoso-phy, liberal arts, sacred scripture, music, and contem-plation at the Abbey of Saint-Victor in Paris. This col-lection focuses on the three greatest Victorines: Hugh (d. 1141), who established the direction of the school; Richard (d. 1173), who developed Victorine contem-plation; and Thomas Gallus (d. 1246), who culminated Victorine contemplative thought and transmitted it to other schools, especially the Franciscans. They offer an innovative revival of the Christian spiritual and intel-lectual tradition for their reforming pastoral mission in their urban setting and for the Church. Their contemporaries saw the Victorines as beacons of spiritual love and intellectual richness. Later reformers and thinkers held their writings as touchstones of con-templative love, including, for example, Bonaventure, Thomas Aquinas, Jean Gerson, Thomas à Kempis, the Devotio Moderna, and many others. The writings of the Victorines found broad appeal among later medieval readers, as well as praise among early modern reform-ers, Protestant and Catholic alike. In recent decades, the Victorines have returned to scholarly attention and renewed appreciation. Scholarly studies, critical editions, and translation projects reveal the treasures of Victorine thought and spirituality.This volume showcases the fi ndings of recent research and scholarly advances in Victorine studies, offering new readers a status quaestionis of the fi eld. It also features new research by eminent experts in Victorine thought that points out promising directions for fu-ture research, thus offering important new fi ndings for established specialists.

Table of Contents: www.brepols.net

approx. 400 p., 9 b/w ills, 7 col. ills, 156 x 234 mm, 2021, € 100ISBN 978-2-503-58513-0 (HB)Series: Cursor Mundi, vol. 39In preparation

3 2

approx. 275 p., 3 b/w ills, 156 x 234 mm, 2021, approx. € 75ISBN 978-2-503-59122-3 (HB) / eISBN 978-2-503-59123-0Series: Instrumenta Patristica et Mediaevalia, vol. 86In preparation

Latin Anonymous Sermons from Late Antiquity and the Early Middle Ages (AD 300-800) Classifi cation, Transmission, DatingMatthieu Pignot (ed.)

Bringing together specialists of early Christian preaching, this book is the fi rst collective volume dedicated exclusively to the study of Latin anony-mous sermons.

This volume brings together scholars working on late antique and early medieval Latin preaching and considers for the fi rst time anonymous sermons as an object of study in its own right. The sermons here studied are Christian Latin preached texts, thought to date from the period c. 300-800 AD, which are not currently attributed to a known author. Long ne-glected because of their uncertain attribution, these sermons however offer new material for the study of late antique and early medieval Christianity. The contributions assembled here provide an essential entry point to the study of these little-known ser-mons: after an introduction which sets the aims of the book, discusses methodological issues and the state of the art and describes main avenues for research, individual papers present future tools to classify sermons and explore their medieval trans-mission in manuscripts, offer new critical editions of previously unknown sermons, and develop meth-ods and reliable criteria to shed new light on their historical context of composition.

Matthieu Pignot is currently a Leverhulme Early Career Fellow at Durham University.

Table of ContentsM. Pignot, IntroductionS. Boodts, The Medieval Transmission and Reception of the Pseudo-Augustinian AU s 382/PS-AU s Bou 1. Notes on Converting a Scholarly Tradition into a Digital Network / R. Villegas Marín, Le corpus du pseudo-Eusèbe Gallican et l’essor de la prédication en Provence aux Ve et VIe siècles / C. Weidmann, Patchwork Sermons: An Unstudied Genre of Late Antique Latin Literature / F. Dolbeau, Un sermon pseudo-augustinien pour la fête de Pâques, confronté à ses sources / G. Partoens & A. Handl, Two Anonymous Preachers on the “Woman Taken in Adultery”: S. Mai 8 and an Unedited Homily in a Manuscript from Moissac / M. Pauliat, Le Sermon Mai 53 (CPPM I 1218, Nutritos hirun-do pullos) à propos de la marche de Pierre sur les eaux (Matth. 14, 22-33), un pseudo-augustinien africain? / P.-M. Bogaert & M. Pignot, À propos du sermon De laudibus Mariae (PS-AU s 123; PS-FU s 36): sa tradition dans les imprimés de Fulgence / J. Delmulle, Un tractatus sur Prou. 30, 15-20 (CPPM I B, 5027) et la question de son attribution à Grégoire d’Elvire

approx. 500 p., 1 b/w ill., 16 col. ills, 156 x 234 mm, 2021, approx. € 110ISBN 978-2-503-59259-6 (HB) / eISBN 978-2-503-59260-2Series: Instrumenta Patristica et Mediaevalia, vol. 87In preparation

Hieronymus Romanus Studies on Jerome and Rome on the Occasion of the 1600th Anniversary of his DeathIngo Schaaf (ed.)

Rome, be it as a concrete space, be it as a concept and idea, occupies an outstanding place in the thoughts and actions of Jerome of Stridon (c. 347–419). Glowing propagandist of the ideal of asceticism in the Latin sphere and highly influential scholar of the Bible, he received his philological education here as well as his baptism. Beyond this background of study and adherence to the church of Rome, the Urbs con-tinued to hold a key position for him, who under the pontifi cate of Damasus established himself as a mediator between East and West and translator of Scripture. A sharp-tongued and increasingly contro-versial fi gure at the same time, Jerome subsequent-ly turned into the target of antiascetic criticism and, once bereft of papal protection, had to leave Rome for good. However, even in distant Palestine, the city on the Tiber and its memories remained present in the writings of Jerome, who did not stop using a Roman network in order to have his works circulate within the Urbs and eventually lamented its fall as that of “the entire world in a city”.  From multifaceted perspectives – historical, philological, theological, exegetical and archaeological – the papers collected in this volume explore Rome’s unique and exemplary meaning for Jerome’s life and works. In the juxtaposi-tion of both lieux de mémoire, the father of the Church and the Urbs, this reciprocal thematic cut illuminates additional aspects of a Roma Christiana as imagined by Jerome, and of the Stridonian himself as both key fi gurations of Late Antiquity

Ingo Schaaf, PhD (2012), is senior researcher in Patristics and the History of the Ancient Church at the University of Fribourg and guest professor at the Institutum Patristicum Augustinianum, Rome. Emanuela Prinzivalli, PhD (1987), is full professor (since 2000) of the History of Christianity and the Churches at Sapienza University and guest profes-sor at the Institutum Patristicum Augustinianum, Rome. Barbara Feichtinger, PhD (1988), is full professor (since 1997) of Latin Philology at the University of Konstanz. Giuseppe Caruso OSA, ThD (2011), is professor of Patrology at the Institutum Patristicum Augustinianum, Rome, and president of that same institute (since 2016).Table of Contents: www.brepols.net

RELIGIOUS STUDIES, THEOLOGY & MONASTICISM

The Pursuit of Salvation. Community, Space, and Discipline in Early Medieval Monasticism with a critical edition and translation of the Regula cuiusdam ad uirginesAlbrecht Diem

A history of the monastic pursuit of eternal salva-tion in the early medieval West, revolving around a seventh-century monastic rule for nuns, the Regula cuiusdam ad uirgines (“Someone’s Rule for Virgins”).

The seventh-century Regula cuiusdam ad uirgines (Someone’s Rule for Virgins), which was most likely written by Jonas of Bobbio, the hagiographer of the Irish monk Columbanus, forms an ideal point of de-parture for writing a new history of the emergence of Western monasticism understood as a history of the individual and collective attempt to pursue eternal salvation. The book provides a critical edition and translation of the Regula cuiusdam ad uirgines and a roadmap for such a new history revolving around various aspects of mo-nastic discipline, such as the agency of the commu-nity, the role of enclosure, authority and obedience, space and boundaries, confession and penance, sleep and silence, excommunication and expulsion.

Albrecht Diem, Associate Professor of Late Antique and Early Medieval History at Syracuse University

Available in Open Access on www.brepolsonline.net

687 p., 1 col. ill., 210 x 270 mm, 2021, € 145ISBN 978-2-503-58960-2 (PB) / eISBN 978-2-503-58961-9Series: Disciplina Monastica, vol. 13In preparation

OPEN ACCESS

3 3

124 p., 156 x 234 mm, 2021, € 45ISBN 978-2-503-59281-7 (PB) / eISBN 978-2-503-59282-4Series: Brepols Library of Christian Sources, vol. 1Available

232 p., 156 x 234 mm, 2021, € 50ISBN 978-2-503-59283-1 (PB) / eISBN 978-2-503-59284-8Series: Brepols Library of Christian Sources, vol. 2In preparation

approx. 250 p., 156 x 234 mm, 2021, approx. € 50ISBN 978-2-503-59412-5 (PB) / eISBN 978-2-503-59413-2Series: Brepols Library of Christian Sources, vol. 4In preparation

NEW

BOO

K SE

RIES BREPOLS LIBRARY OF CHRISTIAN SOURCES

General Editor: Thomas O’Loughlin

Egeria, Journey to the Holy Land Paul F. Bradshaw

This is the fi rst ever edition of the Latin text to be accompanied by an English translation in parallel.

The Itinerarium Egeriae is the travel diary of a late-fourth-century visit to Egypt and Palestine by a Christian woman from Western Europe. As well as stopping at many sites of biblical signifi cance, she spent three years in Jerusalem and recorded in detail its liturgical practices throughout the yearly cycle. This is the fi rst ever edition of the Latin text to be accompanied by an English translation in parallel. The volume includes an introduction, notes, and a substantial bibliography. There are also appendices containing recent fragmentary textual discoveries and the text and translation of the seventh-century letter of the Spanish monk Valerius which fi rst iden-tifi ed the author.

Paul F. Bradshaw is emeritus professor of liturgy, University of Notre Dame, USA.

Lucifer of Cagliari, Concerning Athanasius Why no one must judge or condemn a man in his absenceAshley Beck

‘Concerning Athanasius’ is a blistering attack on the Roman Emperor Constantius by Lucifer, fourth cen-tury Bishop of Cagliari in Sardinia, and a vigorous defence of the great theologian St Athanasius: this is the fi rst translation into English of any of Lucifer’s works

Lucifer was Bishop of Cagliari in Sardinia in the mid-dle of the fourth century. He was a devoted ally of the great theologian and Bishop of Alexandria, St Athanasius, and a strong opponent of Arianism and the Roman Emperor Constantius II. Exiled with Athanasius in AD 355 his surviving writings are all vituperative attacks on the emperor. The two books ‘Concerning Athanasius’ are his most substantial work, written in 359-360. Lucifer gives us a vivid pic-ture of the passion aroused in the fourth century by debates about the nature of Christ and the relation-ship between the Church and the Roman Empire. This volume is the fi rst translation into English of any of Lucifer’s works.

Ashley Beck is a priest of the Catholic Archdiocese of Southwark and Associate Professor at St Mary’s University, Twickenham, London.

Richard of Saint-Victor, On the Trinity Aage Rydstrøm-Poulsen

Richard of Saint-Victor’s On The Trinity from the 12th

century is a main source for our understanding of a leading intellectual tradition of the Western world in which love was regarded the highest and the best in the human world and therefore also was the reality in which the highest and the best in the universe, God, was to be seen.

Richard of Saint-Victor’s On The Trinity from the 12th

century is a main source for our understanding of a leading intellectual tradition of the Western world in which love was regarded the highest and the best in the human world and therefore also was the real-ity in which the highest and the best in the universe, God, was to be seen. Richard understands human love as interpersonal so that love must be realized between two persons, but for being the highest love that excludes any private and selfi sh love, both lov-ing persons must share their love with a third per-son.

Aage Rydstrøm-Poulsen is MTh University of Aarhus 1978, PhD University of Copenhagen 1993,  Visiting Scholar at Western Michigan University 1993 and 1995-98, and  Dr.Theol. University of Copenhagen 2002 with a dissertation on The Gracious God. ‘Gratia’ in Augustine and the Twel�th Century (Akademisk Forlag 2002). He  has published on the medieval history of theology. Since 2004 he is the chair of the Department of Theology at the University of Greenland, since 2008 president of the University, since 2018 dean of the Institute of Culture, Language, and History.

RELIGIOUS STUDIES, THEOLOGY & MONASTICISM

3 4

Les déserts de l’Occident Le monachisme rhodanien (fi n IVe-début VIe s.)Laurent Ripart

Le monachisme rhodanien  : une tradition majeure pour la formation des monastères occidentaux comme espaces sacrés.

Au cours du Ve siècle, dans le sud-est de la Gaule, plu-sieurs ascètes entreprennent d’aménager des lieux monastiques sur des îles : à Lérins, Porquerolles, l’Ile-Barbe, la Cappe. Défi nissant ces établissements insu-laires comme des déserts, ils entendent affi rmer leur séparation avec le monde profane, consacrant par une rupture spatiale la rupture sociale inhérente au mo-nachisme.Relisant les données transmises par les documents écrits et exploitant les ressources de fouilles archéo-logiques parfois très récentes, ce livre étudie la genèse de ces lieux monastiques séparés, en y voyant la ca-ractéristique majeure des expériences monastiques mises en oeuvre dans le sud- est de la Gaule aux ve et VIe siècles. Il s’interroge tout d’abord sur le modèle de l’île-monastère, en reconnaissant l’influence de Jérôme de Stridon et de pratiques développées vers 400 dans l’archipel toscan. Il décrypte ensuite la for-mation des monastères dans les îles provençales et rhodaniennes, puis dans les villes où furent institués des établissements de vierges cloîtrées. Il présente enfi n les grands textes monastiques rédigés dans l’es-pace rhodano- provençal dans la première moitié du VIe siècle, en montrant qu’ils fi rent des traditions nées dans le sud-est de la Gaule une source majeure de la culture monastique occidentale.

Laurent Ripart est professeur d’histoire du Moyen Âge à l’Université Savoie Mont Blanc.

La ‘sacerdotalisation’ dans les premiers écrits mystiques juifs et chrétiens Actes du colloque international tenu à l’Université de Lausanne du 26 au 28 octobre 2015David Hamidovic, Simon Claude Mimouni & Louis Painchaud (éd.)

Le processus de sacerdotalisation dans les pre-miers écrits mystiques juifs dits Hekhalot et d’autres écrits comparables.

David Hamidović est Professeur à l’Université de Lausanne. Simon C. Mimouni est Directeur d’études émérite à l’Ecole pratique des hautes études à Paris. Louis Painchaud est Professeur émérite à l’Université Laval à Québec

Table des matières

D. Hamidović, S. C. Mimouni & L. Painchaud, Avant-proposR. Elior, The Priestly Struggle on the Sacred Written Authority as Re�lected in the Merkaba TraditionC. Hezser, “He Who Sits Crowned on the Throne of His Glory”: Body Posture in Hekhalot Rabbati and in Rabbinic LiteratureP. Piovanelli, L’ascension au ciel de Rabbi Neḥounya ben ha-Qana en Hekhalot Rabbati 13-25 (§§  198-259): Questions rédactionnelles et pratiques rituellesA. Thromas, Les Otiyyot de-Rabbi Akiva version A, la littéra-ture des Hekhalot et la « sacerdotalisation »J. Costa, Liturgical Community, Priesthood,  Qedusha  and Synagogue: From Qumran to the  Hekhalot  Texts through Rabbinic LiteratureL. DiTommaso, La Nouvelle Jérusalem et le nouveau Temple dans la littérature apocalyptique du judaïsme antiqueM. R. Jost, Sacerdotalisation et liturgisation  :  L’impact de la liturgie et de la communion avec les anges sur le sacerdoce dans la Liturgie angéliqueD. Hamidović, La  Vision de Gabriel  et la mystique de la merkavaA. Van den Kerchove, Les «  Livres d’Hermès  »  : des écrits de la «  Maison de vie  »  ? Étude des liens possibles entre des Hermetica et le temple égyptienM. Vinzent, E�fectless Prophecy, Hatred between  Shepherds and Elders, and Sacrifi ce to Beliar – The Great Despair of The Ascension of IsaiahJ. van ‘t Westeinde, Sacerdotalisation and Early Jewish Mystical Elements in the Greek Testament of LeviL. Painchaud, Prêtres et « toit unique » (EvJud 45,6-7). Maisons célestes, sacrifi ce et sacerdoce dans l’Évangile de JudasIndex des sources

approx. 460 p., 170 x 240 mm, 2021, approx. € 65ISBN 978-2-503-59272-5 (PB) / eISBN 978-2-503-59273-2Série: Collection d’études médiévales de Nice, vol. 18En préparation

approx. 250 p., 1 b/w ill., 156 x 234 mm, 2021, approx. € 70ISBN 978-2-503-59299-2 (PB) / eISBN 978-2-503-59300-5Série: Judaïsme ancien et origines du christianisme, vol. 22En préparation

RELIGIOUS STUDIES, THEOLOGY & MONASTICISM

Liturgy and Sequences of the Sainte-Chapelle Music, Relics, and Sacral Kingship in Thirteenth-Century FranceYossi Maurey

How music and liturgy naturalized the notion of sa-cral kingship at the Sainte-Chapelle in 13th-century Paris.

The book revolves around some of the most import-ant relics of Christendom — chief among them the Crown of Thorns — and the ways in which they be-came, effectively, personal objects of devotion, not-withstanding their ostensibly universal appeal. It was France that laid claim to the Passion and other relics in the middle of the thirteenth century in a campaign that involved the construction of a new magnifi cent chapel — the Sainte-Chapelle — designed specifi -cally to display the relics, and the composition of new liturgies to celebrate and focus attention on them. As inert objects, relics could not accomplish much with-out being ‘activated’ one way or the other, whether in prose, poetry, paintings, statues, or in music. It is these modes of activation that endowed the substance of relics with identity and meaning that made them so powerful and effective. The liturgies studied in this book were some of the most critical mechanisms of activation; they enabled the power of the Sainte-Chapelle relics, articulated the nature of that power, and proclaimed it far and wide. Nowhere is this more evident than in the sequences memorializing these relics, which were chiefly cultivated and championed at the Sainte-Chapelle. This book examines these se-quences, and the ways in which they give prominence to the underlying agenda of the French monarchy by promoting and naturalizing the notion of sacral king-ship, rooted in biblical kingship.

approx. 250 p., 4 col. ills, 156 x 234 mm, 2021, € 75ISBN 978-2-503-59105-6 (HB) / eISBN 978-2-503-59106-3Series: Cultural Encounters in Late Antiquity and the Middle Ages, vol. 35In preparation

3 5

In This Land Jewish Life and Legal Culture in Late Medieval ProvencePinchas Roth

In This Land reveals the changes that Jewish communi-ties across the county of Provence underwent during the late-thirteenth and fourteenth centuries and the social and cultural tensions that shaped their identity. Exploring legal responsa and other genres of rabbinic literature produced during this period – many of them previously unpublished – the book reveals the ways in which engagement with legal culture played a central role in the formation of medieval communal identity, providing both a language and a forum for the airing of grievances and the demarcation of social legitimacy.

The Early Glossed Ecclesiastes A Critical Edition with IntroductionJennifer Kostoff-Kaard (ed.)

The Glossa ordinaria was the main exegetical instru-ment by which the Bible was taught and studied during the Middle Ages, a resource whose influence began in the early twelfth and remained perceptible in theological writing beyond the sixteenth century. For much of its modern history, the sheer scale, range, and ubiquity of the Glossa has deterred scholars from sustained study of its origins and development, its reception. However, the recent growth of studies de-voted to the Laon--Paris teaching milieu in which the Glossa was central has altered the scholarly landscape.This volume, like the series of which it is part, hopes to contribute to this development by providing the fi rst textual and historical analysis of the earliest written version of the glossed Ecclesiastes. The edition and the historical study that prefaces it offer a glimpse into how medieval theologians grappled with this most abstruse and provocative biblical text in a new format that was gaining increasing currency. Together they reveal the ways in which the Book of Ecclesiastes became the fi xed point at which fundamental fi gures and movements of patristic, medieval, and early modern teaching and learning converged.

approx. 180 p., 124 x 228 mm, Pontifi cal Institute of Mediaeval Studies, 2021, approx. € 85ISBN 978-0-88844-223-9 (HB)Series: Studies and Texts, vol. 223In preparationNorth American customers are advised to order through University of Toronto Press

approx. 350 p., 124 x 228 mm, Pontifi cal Institute of Mediaeval Studies, 2021, approx. € 90ISBN 978-0-88844-224-6 (HB) Series: Studies and Texts, vol. 224In preparationNorth American customers are advised to order through University of Toronto Press

RELIGIOUS STUDIES, THEOLOGY & MONASTICISM

International Bibliography of Theology, Church History and

Religious Studies

The Index Religiosus is an internationally re-nowned bibliography of academic publications in the fi elds of Theology, Religious Sciences, and Church History. It is a gateway to books and ar-ticles written in major European languages (En-glish, French, German, Italian, Spanish, Dutch, Portuguese, etc.). The bibliography stems from the fruitful collaboration between two institu-tions that are known for their expertise in the aforementioned domains – the KU Leuven and the Université Catholique de Louvain (UCL).The Index Religiosus brings together the Elenchus Bibliographicus (formerly published by the Eph-emerides Theologicae Lovanienses) and the bibli-ography of the Revue d’Histoire Ecclésiastique. In combining and continuing these two bibliog-raphies, the Index Religiosus is an indispensable instrument for scholars.

The Index Religiosus is part of ReIReSearch, the integrated search database for Religious Studies.

https://reiresearch.eu

Key Features

• Some 647,000 bibliographic records and over 150,000 review references are searchable

• More than 20,000 new records every year

• 195,000+ full text links

• Over 1,000 journals systematically checked

More information & detailed leaflets are available on https://about.brepolis.net/

[email protected] – www.brepolis.net

Brepols Online Databases

3 6

PHILOSOPHY & HISTORY OF SCIENCE

The Pursuit of Happiness in Medieval Jewish and Islamic Thought Studies Dedicated to Steven HarveyYehuda Halper (ed.)

Explore the teachings on happiness by a range of thinkers from antiquity through Spinoza.

The articles in this volume explore the teachings on happiness by a range of thinkers from antiquity through Spinoza, most of whom held human happi-ness to comprise intellectual knowledge of that which is Good in itself, namely God. These thinkers were from Greek pagan, Muslim, Jewish, and Christian backgrounds and wrote their works in Greek, Arabic, Hebrew, and Latin. Still, they shared similar philo-sophical views of what constitutes the Highest Good, and of the intellectual activities to be undertaken in pursuit of that Good. Yet, they differed, often greatly, in the role they assigned to deeds and practical activi-ties in the pursuit of this happiness. These differences were, at times, not only along religious lines, but also along political and ethical lines. Other differences treated the relationship between the body and intel-lectual happiness and the various ways in which bodi-ly health and well-being can contribute to intellectual health and true happiness.

Table of Contents: www.brepols.net

The Dionysian Traditions Proceedings of the 24th Annual Colloquium of the Société Internationale pour l’Étude de la Philosophie Médiévale, September 9-11, 2019, Varna, BulgariaGeorgi Kapriev (ed.)

A large part of the analyses on Dionysius research develop a new approach to post-medieval culture and a clearly defi ned commitment to the current problems of thought and social life.

The volume contains the contributions of the 24th

Annual Colloquium of S.I.E.P.M. “The Dionysian Traditions”, which took place in Varna, Bulgaria from September 9 to 11, 2019.  The theme of the colloqui-um is not coincidentally related to the topic of the 9th

Annual Colloquium “The Dionysius Reception” (1999 in Sofi a, Bulgaria). The aim was to consider the con-tinuity of research and to ensure its new dimensions.  The colloquium demonstrated the multifaceted, ad-vanced development of Dionysius research over the past twenty years.  The Corpus Dionysiacum exerted an enormous influence on the Christian cultures of the European Middle Ages, which also had and still has an impact on modern times.  Focal points of the me-dieval - Latin and Byzantine - Dionysius traditions are discussed in detail, previously undiscussed topics and perspectives are presented. A large part of the analy-ses develop a new approach to post-medieval culture and a clearly defi ned commitment to the current problems of thought and social life. The profoundly analyzed questions and topics convincingly open new horizons for today’s science.

The present volume contains contributions by Henryk Anzulewicz (Bonn), David Bradshaw (Kentucky), Maria Burger (Bonn), Gergana Dineva (Sofi a), Mark Edwards (Oxford), Wouter Goris (Bonn), Filip Ivanovic (Donja Gorica), Georgi Kapriev (Sofi a), Mikhail Khorkov (Moscow), Theo Kobusch (Bonn), Ernesto Sergio Mainoldi (Florence/Lecce), Isabelle Mandrella (Munich), Smilen Markov (Veliko Tarnovo), Günther Mensching (Hannover), Claudiu-Marius Mesaroș (Timșoara), Lars Reuke (Cologne) and Andreas Speer (Cologne).

Table of Contents: www.brepols.net

approx. 450 p., 156 x 234 mm, 2021, € 110ISBN 978-2-503-59143-8 (PB) / eISBN 978-2-503-59143-8Series: Philosophy in the Abrahamic Traditions of the Middle Ages, vol. 1In preparation

approx. xx + 379 p., 156 x 234 mm, 2021, approx. € 60ISBN 978-2-503-59339-5 (HB) / eISBN 978-2-503-59340-1Series: Rencontres de Philosophie Médiévale, vol. 23En préparation

Centri e periferie nella storia del pensiero fi losofi co Centers and Peripheries in the History of Philosophical ThoughtNadia Bray, Diana Di Segni, Fiorella Retucci & Elisa Rubino (eds)

This volume is an homage to the great intellectu-al contribution made by Loris Sturlese in the fi eld of the history of medieval philosophy. Its topic has been inspired by Sturlese’s methodological intuition, according to which in a historical and conceptual re-construction of medieval philosophical thought the focus should not only be on the most famous centers for the transmission and elaboration of knowledge, but also on the so-called peripheries, where texts and ideas circulated as well. In this volume, the notions of ‘centre’ and ‘periphery’ are not understood in a merely geographical sense, but also in conceptual, linguistic, historical and literary terms.

Nadia Bray is Research fellow at the Università del Salento in History of Medieval philosophy. Diana Di Segni is Research fellow at the Thomas-Institut of the Universität zu Köln. Fiorella Retucci is Associate Professor for History of Medieval philosophy at the Università del Salento and at the Universität zu Köln. Elisa Rubino is Tenure Track Associate Professor at the Università del Salento in History of Medieval philosophy.

Table of Contents

IntroductionR. Imbach, Ein nicht-existierender Gegenstand? Eine gelehrte und nichtsdestotrotz persönliche Geschichte der Bochumer Schule (1971-1995) / C. Baffi oni, Il Linguaggio di Adamo, la Caduta di Adamo. Walter Benjamin alla luce di un inedito testo arabo me-dievale / L. Bianchi, L’aristotelismo vernacolare nel Rinascimento italiano: un fenomeno ‘regionale’? / C. Burnett, Cleaning up the Latin Language in Mid-Sixteenth-Century Basel: Antonius Stuppa’s purgation of Albohazen’s De iudiciis astrorum / S. Caroti, “Est au-tem testis Melissus pro cunctis temporis sui Philosophis, sed et pro omni antiquitate”. Le metamorfosi di Melisso / G. d’Onofrio, Dante dal centro al cerchio / O. Grassi, Per l’edizione critica delle opere di Pietro Aureoli / M. Khorkov, Nicholas of Cusa’s marginalia to Plato’s dialogue Phaedrus as one of the forgotten sources of the supposed Cusanian Platonism / C. König-Pralong, Centri, periferie, luoghi e percorsi. Jules Michelet versus Victor Cousin / F. Löser, On the Margin. Some Notes on Meister Eckhart / V. Sorge, Per una micro-storia dell’umanesimo rinascimentale. Agostino Nifo e la cultura na-poletana del Cinquecento / A. Speer, Die Universalität der Vernun�t und die Vielheit ihrer Sprachen / M. Vinzent, The Self-Location of Meister EckhartIndexes

approx. 285 p., 28 b/w ills, 156 x 234 mm, 2021, approx. € 55ISBN 978-2-503-59408-8 (HB) / eISBN 978-2-503-59409-5Series: Rencontres de Philosophie Médiévale, vol. 24In preparation

3 7

PHILOSOPHY & HISTORY OF SCIENCE

Cartesius Edoctus Hommage à Giulia BelgioiosoIgor Agostini & Vincent Carraud (éd.)

Recueil de onze études spécialistiques sur Descartes et le cartésianisme, qui en hommage à Giulia Belgioioso, se focalisent sur les thèmes principaux de sa recherche.

Table des matières

ÉtudesI. Agostini, «Instar venti, vel ignis, vel aetheris». Dall’Aristotele degli Essais all’Aristotele delle Meditationes?J.-R. Armogathe, Le cartésianisme éclaté de Paolo Mattia DoriaC. Borgher, « Un homme à canoniser » ?  Sur Christine et Descartes encore une fois F. de Buzon, Le concept cartésien de mathesis universalis et la seconde partie des Regulae ad directionem ingenii  : objets ma-thématiques et facultés de l’espritV. Carraud, Rien n’est plus ancien que la vérité : méthode et apolo-gétiqueM. Fattori, Il votum di Francesco Maria Mamachi su le Riflessioni intorno l’origine delle passioni di Francesco Antonio PiroD. Garber, The Chapters of L’Homme Descartes Didn’t WriteD. Kambouchner, Theatrum metaphysicum. Les Méditations et le mythe du solipsisme cartésienJ.-L. Marion, Montaigne ou le bon usage du scepticisme de saint AugustinM. Pécharman, La formule eucharistique dans L’Art de penser en 1683. Quelle continuité avec le premier état de la Logique de Port-Royal ?F. A. Sulpizio, La legge del corpo. Filosofi a e medicina nel tardo set-tecento franceseTémoignagesLes rapports institutionnels, personnels, scientifi quesAppendicePublications de Giulia BelgioiosoIndex

Eastern Orthodoxy and the Sciences Theological, Philosophical, Scientifi c and Historical Aspects of the DialogueChristopher Knight & Alexei Nesteruk (eds)

“Eastern Orthodox Christianityy and the Sciences” is the second volume of a series exploring  Eastern Orthodox Christian perspectives on the relationship between theology and science.

Orthodox Christian theology is based on a living tra-dition that is deeply rooted in Greek Patristic thought. However, few systematic proposals about how this the-ology can respond to questions that arise from modern science have yet appeared. This volume, consisting of eleven essays by different authors about how this re-sponse should be formulated, therefore represents a signifi cant contribution to Orthodox thinking as well as to the broader science-theology dialogue among Christians. The variety of approaches in the essays indi-cates that there does not yet exist among Orthodox a consensus about the methodology that is appropriate to this dialogue or about how the questions that arise from specifi c scientifi c insights should be answered. Nevertheless, they indicate the ways in which Orthodox approaches to science differ signifi cantly from most of those to be found among Western Christian scholars, and in this way they point to an underlying unity of per-spective that is rooted in the Orthodox tradition.

Christopher C. Knight has a Ph.D. in astrophysics as well as a degree in theology. Alexei V. Nesteruk, PhD (physics and mathematics), DSc (philosophy), teaches in both the University of Portsmouth (England) and the St Petersburg State Marine Technical University (Russia).

Table of Contents: www.brepols.net

Correspondence of Johannes Hevelius and Stanisław Lubieniecki Maciej Jasinski (ed.)

Hevelius-Lubieniecki correspondence - professional and amateur approaches to cometary astronomy

Johannes Hevelius, a reputed 17th-century astronomer, and Stanisław Lubieniecki, a historian and theologian of the Polish Brethren (with rather amateurish astro-nomical interests), were quite frequent correspon-dents. The main subject of their letters pertained to cometary observations, especially to those of 1664 and 1665. The two also discussed other cometary phe-nomena and astronomical issues. In their epistolary exchange, Lubieniecki served as a middleman who, seemingly lacking his own astronomical opinions, shared with Hevelius what he had received from oth-er learned correspondents, and forwarded to them Hevelius’s outlook.  The number of letters suggests that Hevelius appreciated Lubieniecki’s help and service, even if at times he seemed less enthusiastic about the news and revelations he had learned from him. Therefore, Hevelius-Lubieniecki correspondence is a useful source of less known early modern astro-nomical views and beliefs.This volume is a part of the edition of Johannes Hevelius’s correspondence (see DDA 94, 99 and 106). The collection of letters, whose manuscripts are kept in the Library of the Paris Observatory, has not been published nor thoroughly studied yet.

Maciej Jasiński is research assistant in the Ludwik and Aleksander Birkenmajer Institute for the History of Science, Polish Academy of Sciences.

approx. 238 p., 1 b/w ill., 1 col. ill., 156 x 234 mm, 2021, approx. € 70ISBN 978-2-503-59293-0 (PB) / eISBN 978-2-503-59349-4Série: The Age of Descartes, vol. 6En préparation

approx. 210 p., 156 x 234 mm, 2021, approx. € 95ISBN 978-2-503-59267-1 (PB) / eISBN 978-2-503-59268-8Series: Science and Orthodox Christianity, vol. 2In preparation

approx. 350 p., 156 x 234 mm, 2021, approx. € 90ISBN 978-2-503-57118-8 (HB)Series: De Diversis Artibus, vol. 108 (N.S. 71)In preparation

Cover image not yet available

3 8

Ptolemaic Tradition and Islamic Innovation: The Astronomical Tables of Kūshyār ibn Labbān Benno van Dalen (ed.)

The Jāmiʿ Zīj (Comprehensive Zīj) was a highly popular Arabic astronomical handbook with tables written by the Iranian astronomer Kūshyār ibn Labbān al-Jīlī around the year 1000. It belonged to an important category of works, modelled after Ptolemy’s Almagestand Handy Tables, that allowed the practising astrono-mer/astrologer to carry out all necessary calculations of arcs on the heavenly sphere and planetary posi-tions, and ultimately to cast horoscopes. Around one hundred such works are extant, but only very few have been edited, translated or studied in detail. This book contains a full treatment of Book II of Kūshyār’s astronomical handbook centred around a critical edition of all the mathematical tables and their paratexts. It sets new standards for the edition of such tables by designing new types of apparatus entries for related variants in the tabular values. The introductory part describes the eight surviving manu-scripts that transmit Kūshyār’s tables and establishes by a detailed survey that they represent at least three different versions of the Jāmiʿ Zīj that in all likelihood stem from Kūshyār himself. An extensive commen-tary with mathematical analyses uncovers numerous new details of the methods by which the tables were computed, the astronomical parameter values on which they were based, the sources for the tables, and their influence on later zījes. These results show how Kūshyār, on the one hand, stayed fi rmly within the framework of the Ptolemaic tradition, but on the oth-er introduced several types of innovations that later became common in Arabic and Persian astronomical handbooks.

Benno van Dalen is one of the leading historians of Islamic astronomy and its transmission to China, India and Europe. Since 2013 he has been one of the two research leaders of the project Ptolemaeus Arabus et Latinus at the Bayerische Akademie der Wissenscha�ten in Munich.

approx. 550 p., 8 b/w ills, 16 col. ills, 178 x 254 mm, 2021, approx. € 150ISBN 978-2-503-59341-8 (HB)Series: Ptolemaeus Arabus et Latinus. Texts, vol. 2In preparation

Studying the Arts in Late Medieval Bohemia Production, Reception and Transmission of KnowledgeOta Pavlicek (ed.)

This volume is the fi rst devoted entirely to the production, reception, and transmission of knowl-edge in the late medieval Prague Faculty of Arts, with important links to several other Faculties of Arts across Europe and treatments of related top-ics, such as studying the arts in Bohemia in the Jewish milieu.From its foundation in 1348, the University of Prague attracted students as well asscholars from all over Europe to its Faculty of Arts, where they studied and taught the subjects of the curriculum in all their variety. Nevertheless, our knowledge about these Prague scholars and their thought is still rather limited. In an effort to fi ll this gap, this volume is the fi rst devoted entirely to the produc-tion, reception, and transmission of knowledge in the Arts Faculty of the medieval University of Prague, covering topics in astronomy, linguistics, logic, metaphysics, meteorology, and optics. It also links Prague’s Faculty of Arts to several oth-ers at universities across Europe and it examines the study of the arts in Bohemia outside the uni-versity, including the Jewish milieu. The book contributes to advancing the status quaestionis in various ways, mainly through the analysis of less well-known and even unpublished texts, critical editions of some of which are printed here for the fi rst time.

Ota Pavlíček (Ph.D. 2014) is a researcher at the Institute of Philosophy of the Czech Academy of Sciences.

Table of Contents: www.brepols.net

approx. 354 p., 2 b/w ills, 16 col. ills, 156 x 234 mm, 2021, approx. € 80ISBN 978-2-503-59317-3 (PB) / eISBN 978-2-503-59318-0Series: Studia Artistarum, vol. 48In preparation

PHILOSOPHY & HISTORY OF SCIENCE

Dictionnaire des philosophes antiques Online (DPhA)A comprehensive reference work on the lives and works of ancient Greek and Roman philosophers.

• Online version of the Dictionnaire des philosophes antiques (including the annexes and updates), published between 1989 and 2018 under the direction of Richard Goulet

• About 2,970 articles on ancient philosophers

• Available on BREPOLiS as a one-time purchase

Key Features

More information & detailed leaflets are available on https://about.brepolis.net/

[email protected] – www.brepolis.net

Brepols Online Databases

3 9

CLASSICS

Les mystères au IIe siècle de notre ère : un tournant Nicole Belayche, Francesco Massa & Philippe Hoffmann (éd.)

Enquête sur la « mystérisation » des discours et pra-tiques au IIe siècle de notre ère dans l’empire romain.

Cet ouvrage enquête sur ce que nous proposons d’appeler une « mystérisation » des discours et des pratiques au IIe siècle de notre ère dans l’empire ro-main – c’est-à-dire une multiplication, diversifi ca-tion et intensifi cation des références aux (cultes à) « mystères » dans des contextes variés mais cohérents, et dans les différents groupes religieux présents dans l’empire (païens, juifs et chrétiens). Ce « tournant » mystérique affecte non seulement des pratiques ri-tuelles et les discours qui les entourent, mais, au-delà, de nombreux domaines du savoir qui, comme Platon en son temps, se mettent à mobiliser le vocabulaire et l’imagerie des mystères. L’enquête se déploie donc à la fois sur le terrain des rituels « mystériques » – dans des cultes qui se diffusent comme ceux d’Isis ou de Mater Magna, parallèlement à la continuation des mystères grecs (à Éleusis et Samothrace) –, et sur celui de la construction des savoirs de tous ordres qui s’élabore alors (médecine, philosophie, rhétorique, littérature), et où se banalise l’emploi d’un lexique mystérique. Elle réunit donc des collègues spécialistes de champs dis-ciplinaires variés – historiens, historiens des religions, archéologues, philologues, et bien sûr philosophes –, et de systèmes religieux différents – polythéisme, ju-daïsme et christianisme.

Nicole Belayche est spécialiste des religions de Rome et du monde romain (EPHE, PSL, Paris). Francesco Massa(Université de Fribourg) est historien des religions spé-cialiste des interactions religieuses de l’empire romain. Philippe Ho�fmann est philologue et spécialiste de la pen-sée philosophique de l’Antiquité tardive (néoplatonisme)

Table des matières : www.brepols.net

Segetis certa fi des meae Hommages offerts à Gérard FreyburgerCatherine Notter & Maud Pfaff-Reydellet (éd.)

Hommages offerts à Gérard Freyburger par ses élèves, collègues et amis.

Ce recueil se propose de rendre hommage à Gérard Freyburger, en rassemblant des articles reflétant la di-versité des centres d’intérêt auxquels celui-ci a consa-cré ses recherches. Historiens et philologues avec qui il a travaillé, en France, dans d’autres pays d’Europe et aux États-Unis, proposent des contributions regrou-pées en cinq thématiques. Il est question dans ce vo-lume de religion romaine et de magie, de rhétorique et de philosophie, du modèle virgilien et de sa posté-rité, des relations entre auteurs païens et chrétiens, de perspectives comparatistes et d’Antiquité rémanente. On trouvera dans ces Hommages maints échos aux travaux de celui dont les recherches ont tant apporté à ses élèves, collègues et amis.

Catherine Notter et Maud Pfa�f-Reydellet sont maîtres de conférences en langue et littérature latines à l’Université de Strasbourg.

Table des matières: www.brepols.net

Le voyage d’Europe au fi l des siècles - Europa’s journey through the ages Histoire et réception d’un mythe antiqueMaria onsiglia Alvino, Matteo Di Franco, Federica Rossetti & Gabriella Rubulotta (éd.)

Une collection d’essais sur le mythe d’Europe.

Le mythe d’Europe dont les premières attestations remontent au VIIIe siècle av. J.-C., dans les Poèmes Homériques et la Théogonie d’Hésiode, façonne de nouvelles visions, fi gures et images dans les produc-tions littéraires européennes tout comme dans les milieux artistiques, dès l’Antiquité gréco-romaine à nos jours. Il s’agit d’un voyage énigmatique dont il est impossible de déterminer les véritables prémices et dont la fi n est probablement encore lointaine. Le centre d’attention du présent volume est Europe, princesse phénicienne, et non l’Europe, idée géopo-litique. Avec un regard multidisciplinaire et diachro-nique, cet ouvrage explore de différentes facettes de la réception du mythe. Les contributeurs proposent des réflexions autour de la caractérisation du person-nage mythique d’Europe, pour les périodes archaïque et classique, et autour de la réélaboration du mythe à l’époque hellénistique et humaniste. L’enquête s’étend jusqu’à l’étude de la persistance du mythe d’Europe dans l’art et dans la littérature des époques moderne et contemporaine.

Maria Consiglia Alvino est docteure de l’Université Federico II de Naples et de l’Université de Strasbourg. Matteo Di Franco est docteur de l’Université de Palerme et de l’Uni-versité de Strasbourg et chercheur associé à la Bibliothèque universitaire de Cambridge. Federica Rossetti est docteure de l’Université Federico II de Naples et de l’Université de Strasbourg. Gabriella Rubulotta est docteure de l’Univer-sité de Strasbourg.

Table des matières

L. Spina, À la recherche des grands yeux d’Europe / C. Cones, Embracing the Other: the Asteas Krater of Europa / V. Pace, Aetiology in Moschus’ Europa : S. Cannavale, Not only Moschus. Aetiology in the Hellenistic versions of the myth of Europa and the bull / J. A. Michels, Migration and Foundation in the Wanderings of Europa and Cadmus / I. Walser-Bürgler, Draco volans: A Political Replacement of the Myth of Europe in Seventeenth-Century Latin Cosmographies / C. Sansoni, Europa, une héroïne moderne La princesse phénicienne dans le récit de Massimo Bontempelli, Viaggio d’Europa / P. Dethurens, « Quand le voyage prend fi n. Sur quelques avatars du mythe d’Europe au XXe siècle » :BibliographieIndex

approx. 350 p., 29 b/w ills, 156 x 234 mm, 2021, approx. € 70ISBN 978-2-503-59459-0 (PB) / eISBN 978-2-503-59460-6Série: Bibliothèque de l’Ecole des Hautes Etudes, Sciences Religieuses, vol. 187En préparation

approx. 340 p., 156 x 234 mm, 2021, approx. € 80ISBN 978-2-503-59014-1 (HB)Série: Recherches sur les Rhétoriques Religieuses, vol. 31En préparation

approx. 200 p., 1 b/w ill., 6 col. ills, 156 x 234 mm, 2021, approx. € 55ISBN 978-2-503-59153-7 (HB) / eISBN 978-2-503-59154-4Série: Recherches sur les Rhétoriques Religieuses, vol. 34En préparation

4 0

CLASSICS

Questioning the World Greek Patristic and Byzantine Question-and-Answer Literature Bram Demulder & Peter Van Deun (eds)

How did Greek Patristic and Byzantine authors under-stand the cosmos of which they were a part and the world in which they lived? And what literary forms did they use to express their questions and answers on these issues? This volume discusses cosmolog-ical issues in Greek Patristic and Byzantine ques-tion-and-answer literature. By adopting this focus, it yields novel insights into both the (theological / phil-osophical) content and the (literary) form of the texts under scrutiny.

Bram Demulder is postdoctoral researcher at the Université de Liège / F.R.S.-FNRS (Fonds de la Recherche Scientifi que). Peter Van Deun is full professor of Byzantine Studies at KU Leuven.

Table of Contents

B. Demulder & P. Van Deun, Introduction: Questions and Kosmoi (Bram Demulder & Peter Van Deun)Part 1: Pseudo-JustinY. Papadogiannakis, Cosmology and its ‘Problems’ in Ps.-Justin’sQuaestiones et responsiones ad orthodoxosB. Gleede, The Ps.-Justinian Corpus of Erotapokriseis and Apologetical Treatises. In Search of an Author and a Historical SettingM. D. Boeri, Is the Prime Mover the Source of All Movement? Pseudo-Justin on Aristotle’s Unmoved MoverS. Morlet, Une polémique contre Philon d’Alexandrie dans la Question 69 ad orthodoxos attribuée à Justin ?Part 2: Maximus the ConfessorV. Cvetković, Re-interpreting Tradition: Maximus the Confessor on Creation in Ambigua ad IoannemT. T. Tollefsen, St Maximus the Confessor on the Mystery of ChristC. Boudignon, Jamblique et Maxime le Confesseur, cosmologie et théurgieB. Roosen, What Theodosius of Gangra wanted to know from Maximus the ConfessorPart 3: Cosmologies in Sixth-Century ByzantiumP. Mueller-Jourdan, Les conditions de l’avènement de la lumière dans le De opifi cio mundi de Jean Philopon. Di�fi cultés et solutionsI. Perczel, Pre-Existence and the Creation of the World in Pseudo-CaesariusPart 4: Questioning Genre in the Middle-Byzantine PeriodM. Meeusen, Pagan Garlands and Christian Roses. Plutarch’s Quaestiones Convivales in Michael Psellus’ De Omnifaria DoctrinaR. Ceulemans, Cosmological Questions Answered with Severian of Gabala in MS Athonensis, Lavras B 43 (Eustratiadis 163)P. Van Deun, Le De oeconomia Dei de Nil Doxapatrès. Quelques observations sur le genre littéraire de l’œuvre et sur sa transmission manuscrite

The Multilingual Physiologus Studies in the Oldest Greek Recension and its TranslationsCaroline Macé & Jost Gippert (eds)

This book uncovers new material about the ancient Christian work known as the Physiologus and affords new insights into its multilingual transmission and reception. Ten chapters and accompanying new edi-tions of sample texts treat the oldest Greek recen-sion of the Physiologus and its early translations into Latin, Armenian, Syriac, Coptic, Ethiopic, Georgian, Arabic, and Old Slavonic. Produced by a team of spe-cialists in these areas, the book will remain for years to come a Physiologus reference work and a model for dealing with ancient texts transmitted in multiple languages.

The Physiologus is an ancient Christian collection of astonishing stories about animals, stones, and plants that serve as positive or negative models for Christians. Written originally in Greek, the Physiologuswas translated in ancient times into Latin, Armenian, Syriac, Coptic, Ethiopic, Georgian, Arabic, and Old Slavonic. Throughout its transformations and adapta-tions, the Physiologus has never lost its attraction.The present volume offers an introduction to the sig-nifi cance of the Greek text, a new examination of its manuscript tradition, and a completely revised state of the art for each of the ancient translations. Two chapters of the Physiologus, on the pelican and on the panther, are edited in Greek and in each translation. These editions are accompanied by a new English ren-dering of the edited texts as well as short interpreta-tive essays concerning the two animals.The volume affords new insights into this fascinating book’s diffusion, transmission, and reception over the centuries, from its compositionat the beginning of the third century CE in Alexandria to the end of the Middle Ages, and across all regions of the Byzantine Empire, the Latin West, Egypt and Ethiopia, the Middle East, the Caucasus, and Slavia orthodoxa.

Jost Gippert is Professor of Comparative Linguistics at Goethe University in Frankfurt (Main) and a researcher at the Centre for the Study of Manuscript Cultures of the University of Hamburg. Caroline Macé is a researcher in Patristics at the Academy of Sciences in Göttingen.

Litterarum dulces fructus Studies in Early Medieval Latin Culture in Honour of Michael Herren for his 80th BirthdayScott Bruce (ed.)

Drawing inspiration from the scholarship of Professor Michael Herren (founding editor of The Journal of Medieval Latin), this florilegium of studies advances our understanding of the dynamics of Latin and ver-nacular literature and learning in the early medieval world. Taken together, the papers gathered in this volume cast light on authors, poets, glossators, and compilers at work as they grappled with linguistic and literary ambitions and challenges, while negotiating their use of ancient authorities to address contempo-rary concerns.

Scott G. Bruce is professor of medieval history at Fordham University in the Bronx, New York.

Table of Contents

S. G. Bruce, Michael Herren: An Appreciation / A. Andrée, Ad utrumque paratus: The Medieval Latinist and the Classical Tradition/ W. Berschin, Iohannes Scottus Eriugena, Honorius Augustodunensis und die karolingisch-neuplatonische Naturphilosophie im Bild (Paris, BNF Latin 6734) / S. G. Bruce, The Redemption of Flavius Josephus in the Medieval Latin Tradition / B. Bulitta, Ein Heiliger als furcifer: Zur Glossierung von latineisch glisis durch frühmittelhochdeutsch ouenkere in einem Fuldaer Handschriftenfragment der Vita Wilhelmini confessoris aus dem 12. Jahrhundert / C. Cardelle de Hartmann, The Whole and Parts of Adhelm’s De metris et enigmatibus ac pedum regulis (Epistola ad Acircium) / S. Gwara, Pioneer Connoisseurship in Upper Canada: Henry Scadding’s 1901 Bequest of Early Manuscripts at the University of Toronto in 1901 / J. Haynes, Roger Bacon’s Reading of Aethicus Ister in His Opus Maius / M. Lapidge, Poetic Compounds in Late Latin and Early Medieval Latin Verse (300-900) / P. Lendinara, Medieval Versifi cations of Lists of Animal Sounds / T. Major, The Number Seventy-Two in Early Anglo-Latin Literature / H. Momma, ‘Element by Element’: Glosses, Loan Translations, and Lexical Enrichment in Old English / J. Falaky Nagy, A Future for the Beholder’s Eye/ S. O’Sullivan, The Practice of ‘Alignment’ in Medieval Ireland / J. Reid, Patrick and Social Identity at the End of Roman Britain / H. Sauer, Binomials in Translated Old English Prose: The Theodulfi Capitula / P. Stotz †, Iam satis blando satiata Iusu: Eine bisher unbekannte Ode eines Humanisten auf die Jungfrau Maria / M. Teeuwen, I2’s Interest in Music: Two Manuscripts that Witness His Knowledge and Scholarship / B. Wheaton, Nicetius of Trier’s Letter to Justinian and the Aphthartodocetic Controversy/ D. Wilkerson, Filologos ration<is> uel uerbi amatores: Interpretive Strategies of a Medieval Philologist Preserved in the Corpus Glossary

approx. 400 p., 6 b/w ills, 156 x 234 mm, 2021, approx. € 95ISBN 978-2-503-59075-2 (HB) / eISBN 978-2-503-59076-9Series: Lectio, vol. 11In preparation

approx. 650 p., 10 col. ills, 156 x 234 mm, 2021, approx. € 140ISBN 978-2-503-58974-9 (HB) / eISBN 978-2-503-58975-6Series: Instrumenta Patristica et Mediaevalia, vol. 84In preparation

approx. 450 p., 12 b/w ills, 156 x 234 mm, 2021, approx. € 100ISBN 978-2-503-58976-3 (HB) / eISBN 978-2-503-58977-0Series: Instrumenta Patristica et Mediaevalia, vol. 85In preparation

4 1

Metaphrasis in Byzantine Literature Anne Alwis, Martin Hinterberger & Elisabeth Schiffer (eds)

Throughout the centuries Byzantium’s ambitious authors were conscious of the signifi cance of literary registers for the reception of their texts. They deliber-ately made use of stylistic elements or refrained from using certain features in order to reach their target au-dience. There are certain groups of texts dating from various periods on which these stylistic elements can be tracked precisely by comparison of two or even more versions with their model text: such examples of rewriting can be found particularly within genres with a broader audience appeal, namely hagiography and historiography. It is in both genres that we encounter metaphrastic processes, in terms of stylistic elabora-tion and in terms of stylistic simplifi cation.As well as stylistic reshaping, metaphrasis may also encompass the addition or removal of literary and/or thematic aspects. All these processes signify intent as well as authorial interpretation. Frequently, the ideo-logical orientation of a text is refurbished through rewriting. Teasing out these strands for exploration helps to supply a potential wealth of information on the author (if known), cultural (social, religious, his-torical) context, and creative ability, as well as levels of education and literacy.

Anne Alwis is Senior Lecturer in Classical Literature at the University of Kent. Martin Hinterberger is Professor of Byzantine Literature at the University of Cyprus. Elisabeth Schi�fer is Researcher in Byzantine Studies at the Austrian Academy of Sciences.

Table of Contents

A. P. Alwis, M. Hinterberger & E. Schiffer, IntroductionC. Høgel, Rewriting in Byzantium: Standardization and MetaphrasisD. Resh, The First Metaphrast: John, Bishop of SardisL. Franco, Observations on the Methods of Metaphrastic Rewriting: The Case of the Passio of St James (BHG 773)E. Schiffer, Rewriting the Life of St John Chrysostom in Tenth-Century ByzantiumM. Hinterberger, Metaphraseis as a Key for the Understanding of Di�ferent Levels in Byzantine VocabularyS. Wahlgren, Byzantine Chronicles and MetaphrasisC. Jouanno, The Alexander Romance and Metaphrasis. A Case Study: Alexander’s Encounter with the Persian AmbassadorsL. Lukhovitskiy, Emotions, Miracles, and the Mechanics of Psychology in Nikephoros Gregoras’ Lives of Empress Theophano and Patriarch Anthony II Kauleas

Caesar’s Past andPosterity’s Caesar Rubina Raja & Trine Arlund Hass (eds)

This volume focuses on the reception of Gaius Julius Caesar, one of the most well-known and widely discussed personalities of Antiquity.

Gaius Julius Caesar was the fi rst to design a forum in his family’s name. The forum itself had two fo-cal points — a temple to Venus Genetrix and an equestrian statue of Caesar himself — carefully juxtaposed to create a narrative of a strong, en-terprising, and controversial sovereign to whom legitimacy was granted by his divine lineage and links to Rome’s mythical founders. Through this design, the expansion of the older Forum Romanum thus became a promotion of Caesar himself in a clever show of identity politics. It was a bold — and ultimately fatal — undertaking, and it demonstrates a political vision that not only di-vided his contemporaries but that has continued to drive scholarly debate, with Caesar variously realized as a mirror for Antiquity, a representative of an age, and a ruler to be examined in relation to all applicable dilemmas and conflicts. This important volume offers new insights into the legacy of Julius Caesar by focusing on two central questions: how did he use the past to con-struct his own persona as head of the Roman State and Empire? And how has he been remembered — and used — by posterity? Contributions from a range of fi elds, among them archaeology, clas-sical studies, and history, engage with these ques-tions as they explore Caesar’s own self-fashioning through his use of city space, rituals, wars, history, and literature, as well as tracing how he and his actions have been understood, justifi ed, criti-cized, and used in the centuries since his death, from late antique literature to nineteenth-century drama.

Trine Arlund Hass is a post-doctoral researcher in classical philology and reception studies at The Danish Academy in Rome and Aarhus University. Rubina Rajais professor of classical archaeology and director of Centre for Urban Network Evolutions.

Table of Contents: www.brepols.net

Semitica et Classica International Journal of Oriental and Mediterranean Studies

Table des matières

M. Arbach & I. Rossi, Haram, cité antique du Jawf (Yémen) : quelques bribes de dix siècles d’histoire et nouveaux textes amīritesJ. D. Moore, The Persian administrative process in view of an Elephantine ʾAršāma decree (TAD A6.2)R. Koch Piettre, ὄναρ/ὕπαρ, φάσμα/εἴδωλον : du lexique à la pragmatique des visions rêvées en Grèce ancienneP. Chiron, L’instruction « stylistique » dans la rhétorique gréco-latineF. Jourdan, Numénius et la tradition judéo-hellénistique : une relecture du fragment 21 F (13 dP)L. Nehmé, The religious landscape of Northwest Arabia as re�lected in the Nabataean, Nabataeo-Arabic, and pre-Islamic Arabic inscriptionsA. J. Desreumaux, L’Ancien et le Nouveau Testament dans laDoctrine d’Addaï : une étape dans l’histoire de la Peshitta ?

Tribes and tribal spaces in the ancient and medieval worldsL. Nehmé & J.-P. Van Staevel, Contributions to the fi rst session: the Arabian PeninsulaW. Lancaster & F. Lancaster, Some relations between “tribes” and “territory” in the Arabian Peninsula in the recent pastM. C. A. Macdonald, Tribes and space in the Syro-Arabian ḥarrah as revealed by the Safaitic inscriptions (ca. 1st century BC to ca. 4th

century AD)C. J. Robin, Tribus et territoires d’Arabie, d’après les inscriptions antiques et les généalogies d’époque islamiqueP. Webb, Desert places: toponyms in pre-Islamic Arabic poetry

VariaI. Finkelstein, with the cooperation of A. Kleiman, The emer-gence and dissemination of writing in JudahA. Prioletta & K. Hull, A Sabaic votive inscription from the Medelhavsmuseet in Stockholm with two lexical notes on bḥr and bṭlM. Gorea & F. Villeneuve, Table de jeu et autres signes lapidaires à Ḏarīḥ (Jordanie)A. Al-Jallad, The Seven Stars, Allāt from ʿmn and Dusares from rqm: a new Safaitic astronomical textF. Dugast, L’art des fi gurines de terre cuite en Gaule occidentale (Ier-IIe siècles) : nouvelles pratiques ou transferts culturels ?B. Poizat, L’inscription syriaque de la cathédrale de Palai (Kérala)

Comptes rendusHommage à Marguerite Harl

approx. 220 p., 156 x 234 mm, 2021, approx. € 65ISBN 978-2-503-59344-9 (PB) / eISBN 978-2-503-59345-6Series: Byzantioς. Studies in Byzantine History and Civilization, vol. 17In preparation

approx. 245 p., 55 b/w ills, 216 x 280 mm, 2021, approx. € 95ISBN 978-2-503-59130-8 (PB)Series: Rome Studies, vol. 1In preparation

346 p., 95 b/w ills, 216 x 280 mm, 2021, € 86ISBN 978-2-503-58758-5 (PB)Journal: Semitica et Classica, vol. 13En préparation

Print & Online Subscriptions: contact [email protected] content available on www.brepolsonline.net

CLASSICS

JOUR

NAL

NEW

BOO

K SE

RIES ROME STUDIES

General Editors: Trine Arlund Hass & Rubina Raja

4 2

Ioannes Gattus

Notata, seu Tractatus qui erat fons Libri III Operis Bessarionis In Calumniatorem Platonis adversusGeorgium Trapezuntium John Monfasani (ed.)

The previously unkown source of Book 3 of Cardinal Bessarion’s In Calumniatorem Platonis.

Cardinal Bessarion’s great defense of Plato, the In Calumniatorem Platonis, written in response to George of Trebizond’s Comparatio Philosophorum Platonis et Aristotelis and fi rst published in 1469, was the fi rst sub-stantial statement of Platonism in the Plato-Aristotle Controversy of the Renaissance. Bessarion, however, had fi rst written the In Calumniatorem Platonis a de-cade earlier, in 1459, without the massive Bk. III of the 1469 edition proving that medieval scholasticism supported Bessarion’s interpretation of Plato and Aristotle. With the discovery of the treatise Notataby the Dominican theologian Giovanni Gatti, we now know the source of Bessarion’s new found erudition in medieval scholasticism. Bessarion initially attempted to incorporate Gatti’s Notata whole cloth into the In Calumniatorem Platonis, but in the end he exploited it as a storehouse of the scholastic references, quo-tations, and arguments that made up the new Bk. III of the 1469 In Calumniatorem Platonis. Thus, Giovanni Gatti’s treatise played a major, though anonymous role in the Plato-Aristotle controversy for the rest of the Renaissance as Bessarion’s work became in its turn a much-used authority and source of information.

John Monfasani is Distinguished Research Professor at The University at Albany, State University of New York, and former Executive Director of the Renaissance Society of America.

Manuel II Palaeologus

Opera theologica De processione Spiritus Sancti; De ordine in Trinitate; Epistula ad Alexium IagoupemCharalambos Dendrinos (ed.)

The volume comprises the editio princeps of the trea-tise On the Procession of the Holy Spirit by the Emperor Manuel II Palaeologus (1391-1425).  The lengthy trea-tise was written in response to the tract of an anony-mous Latin monk, presented to the Emperor during his sojourn in Paris (1400-1402). Information in the text and palaeographical evidence in the earlier ver-sion would suggest that though a major part of the treatise was written in Paris, Manuel continued revis-ing the text after his return to Constantinople, with the help of his fellow theologian Macarius Macres. The edition is based on the revised version copied by Isidore of Kiev. The treatise comprises a brief Preface, a précis of the syllogism put forward by the Latin in defence of the double procession of the Holy Spirit, and Manuel’s refutation of the Latin arguments in 156 chapters, followed by the unpublished discourse On the Order of the Trinity, also included in the volume.The volume also comprises an edition of Manuel’s Letter to Iagoup. In this long epistolary discourse, ad-dressed ostensibly to his oikeios Alexius Iagoup, but in reality to an anonymous Latinophron, Manuel de-fends his views on the study of theology and, to some extent, his imperial duties towards the Church.  Only a few extracts have been published. The present edition of the complete text of the Letter enables us to identi-fy the anonymous critic with Manuel Calecas, placing its composition ca. 1396.

Charalambos Dendrinos is Lecturer in Byzantine Literature and Greek Palaeography at The Hellenic Institute of Royal Holloway College and co-director of the University of London Working Seminar on Editing Byzantine Texts.

Isaac Argyros & Iohannes Cantacuzenos

Isaaci Argyri Opera omnia theologica necnon Iohannis ex-imperatoris Cantacuzeni Oratio adversus Argyrum Ioannis D. Polemis (ed.)

Isaac Argyros was a leading astronomer and theolo-gian of the late 14th century, who wrote several works against the Palamites in the tradition of his teacher and mentor Nicephorus Gregoras. Former emper-or John Cantacuzenus composed a lenghty treatise against Argyrus, which is published here along with the three surviving treatises of Argyros.

Ioannis Polemis is full Professor of Byzantine Literature at the University of Athens, Department of Philology. He specializes in Byzantine philosophical and theological liter-ature of the 14th century.

lii + 166 p., 2 b/w ills, 155 x 245 mm, 2021, approx. € 150ISBN 978-2-503-59362-3 (HB)Series: Corpus Christianorum. Series Graeca, vol. 94In preparation

approx. 500 p., 155 x 245 mm, 2021, approx. € 250ISBN 978-2-503-52807-6 (HB)Series: Corpus Christianorum. Series Graeca, vol. 71In preparation

approx. 350 p., 155 x 245 mm, 2021, approx. € 205ISBN 978-2-503-59275-6 (HB)Series: Corpus Christianorum. Series Graeca, vol. 93In preparation

CORPVS CHRISTIANORVM

4 3

Nicetas Thessalonicensis

Dialogi sex de processione Spiritus Sancti Alexandra Bucossi & Luigi D’Amelia (eds)

The most original and innovative Byzantine text on the Filioque discussion.

The Dialogi sex de processione Spiritus Sancti by Niketas, metropolitan of Thessaloniki, once known unprop-erly as “of Maroneia”, is one of the most outstanding polemical works against the Latins, written in form of a dialogue, of the Comnenian era. Niketas (fi rst half of the 12th c.) is commonly considered a “latinoph-rone” theologian, since he was “prepared to accept the Latin wording” (A. Kazhdan, Change in Byzantine Culture in the Eleventh and Twel�th Centuries, Berkeley, 1985, p. 189), and his Dialogi are the only Byzantine twelfth-century writings on the discussions with the Latin Church where Greek and Latin speakers reach an agreement on the procession of the Holy Spirit “through the Son”, and where the Latin’s arguments turn out to be ultimately longer and more persuasive than the Greek’s mostly brief and provocative replies. The critical edition of these influential six dialogues, edited for the fi rst time in their complete form, of-fer  one of the most original and innovative texts on the Filioque discussion and witness to the existence in the twelfth century of an uncommon way of interpret-ing the inter-Trinitarian relationship and to the usage of Aristotelic philosophy for interpreting the proces-sion of the Holy Spirit.

Alessandra Bucossi is a tenure track assistant professor of Byzantine Studies at Ca’ Foscari University of Venice. Luigi D’Amelia is a research fellow at Ca’ Foscari University of Venice within the “Are Texts Innocent? Nourishing Religious Prejudice in the Middle Ages” project funded by the International Centre for Humanities and Social Change.

Severianus Gabalensis

Sermones (graece, armeniace et georgice) Sergey Kim (ed.)

Eight sermons of Severian of Gabala which are pre-served not only in Greek, but also in Armenian and Georgian

The volume is dedicated to the edition of eight homi-lies by Severian of Gabala, a prominent preacher from early fi fth century Constantinople, transmitted in the two ancient Caucasian languages, viz. Georgian and Armenian. Where they exist the Greek originals are published in new critical editions; three sermons are thus presented in a facing Greek-Georgian edition: De caeco nato (CPG 4236a.4), In illud: Genimina viper-arum (CPG 4236.3), De pace (CPG 4214). The sermon In illud: Christus est Oriens (CPG 4235) is only extant in Georgian, with the exception of two Greek fragments. The homily De adventu Domini super pullum (CPG4246.1/4287) is published in a new parallel Armenian-Georgian edition. Two large Armenian fragments De Davide (CPG 4246.2) and In illud: Confi teor tibi, Domine (CPG 4295.17a, with its short Syriac portion) and the Armenian homily In venerabilem trinitatem (CPG 4248) have extremely scarce manuscript traditions. French translations accompany the texts only preserved in an-cient Caucasian versions. In the General Introduction we describe the manuscript witnesses in great detail. Preceding each edition we introduce the results of our research on the textual history of each sermon across the languages, with respective stemmata codicum. We study previous editions as well, proceeding to punctu-al comparisons in a number of tables. Three indexes conclude the volume: one of biblical quotations, one of the sources and literary parallels and one of vocab-ulary based on our bilingual editions.

Sergey Kim, Ph.D. at the Sorbonne University and the Institut Catholique de Paris (2014), is an Orthodox priest who studies the patristic and liturgical heritage preserved in Latin and Greek, in Old Georgian, Classical Armenian and Coptic, in Syriac, Arabic and Slavonic, as well as in Ethiopic.

Prosper Aquitanus

Liber contra collatorem Jérémy Delmulle (ed.)

Premier lecteur et critique des Collationes de Jean Cassien, Prosper d’Aquitaine, en démontrant l’ar-gumentation de son adversaire marseillais dans son Contra collatorem, a forgé l’image, qui a eu une grande postérité, d’un Cassien soupçonné d’hétéro-doxie pour ce qui concerne les questions de la grâce et du libre arbitre.

Théologien laïc, devenu à Marseille le principal porte-parole de la doctrine augustinienne contre les moines provençaux qui l’avaient ou mal comprise ou violemment critique, Prosper d’Aquitaine (ca. 390 – ca. 455) a emprunté, pour les besoins de la po-lémique, aussi bien la prose que les vers. Son Liber contra collatorem, dirigé contre lui qui fait fi gure du monachisme, pont entre l’orient et l’occident, et au-teur des Collationes, est avec son Carmen de ingratis la pièce maîtresse de sa production. Prosper s’y livre à une lecture rigoureuse et extrêmement critique de la treizième conférence, consacrée aux questions des rapports qu’entretiennent en l’homme la grâce divine et le libre arbitre ; il en vient à extraire et à condamner douze propositions, à ses yeux contraires à la doctrine augustinienne validée par l’Église, qui jetteront pour des siècles un certain discrédit sur l’orthodoxie de Cassien en matière d’anthropologie théologique.

Jérémy Delmulle est chargé de recherche à l’Institut de Recherche et d’Histoire des Textes (CNRS), où il est res-ponsable de la Section de Codicologie, d’histoire des biblio-thèques et d’héraldique.

approx. c + 250 p., 155 x 245 mm, 2021, approx. € 220ISBN 978-2-503-58640-3 (HB)Series: Corpus Christianorum. Series Graeca, vol. 92In preparation

approx. 450 p., 155 x 245 mm, 2021, approx. € 255ISBN 978-2-503-58863-6 (HB)Series: Corpus Christianorum. Series Graeca, vol. 96In preparation

approx. 250 p., 5 b/w ills, 155 x 245 mm, 2021, approx. € 150ISBN 978-2-503-57078-5 (HB)Series: Corpus Christianorum. Series Latina, vol. 68En préparation

CORPVS CHRISTIANORVM

4 4

Andreas de Sancto Victore

Opera IV Expositio super YsaiamFrans van Liere (ed.)

Andrew of Saint Victor was one of the most prominent biblical scholars of the twelfth century. He was a reg-ular canon of the Parisian abbey of St Victor, founded in 1108, which in the twelfth century had developed into a prestigious centre of spiritual learning, closely connected to the nascent university in Paris. Because of his frequent use of Jewish exegetical materials, Andrew’s commentaries are a rich source for the histo-ry both of biblical hermeneutics and of inter-religious dialogue during the Middle Ages. His Isaiah com-mentary caused outrage among medieval Christian scholars because it eschewed traditional christolog-ical interpretations, and instead offered a reading “secundum Hebraeos.” Scholars have seen Andrew of St Victor as standing at the cradle of a scholarly inter-est in the Biblical text, which influenced scholars such as the fourteenth-century Franciscan Nicholas of Lyra, and, in the long run, reformers such as John Wycliff, Martin Luther, and John Calvin.

Frans van Liere holds a Ph.D. in medieval studies from Groningen University and is Professor of History at Calvin College, Grand Rapids, MI (USA).

Gerardus Magnus, Anthonius Henricus Viersen, Ioannis Rusbrochius, Godefridus Wevel

Opera omnia, V, 2, Versiones latinae mysticorum Rijcklof Hofman, Marinus van den Berg & Guido De Baere (eds)

This volume contains the editio princeps of two Latin translations made by the late medieval Church re-former Geert Grote (Gerardus Magnus, 1340-1384) and a revised edition of another translation, made by Anthonius Henrici de Viersen (fl. 1460-1490), Brother of the Common Life in Butzbach and collaborator of the proto-humanist Gabriel Biel. The source texts had originally been composed in Middle Dutch, by the great Brabantine mystic Jan van Ruusbroec (1293-1381) and by Godfried Wevel, one of his fellow canons regular at Groenendaal near Brussels from 1360 until his death in 1396. To these Latin texts is added an-other editio princeps, of a Middle Dutch adaptation of Meister Eckhart’s Reden der Unterweisung, Wevel’s main source, made in Grote’s entourage, if not by him personally, here edited as Eyn boeck van der gelatenheit, as well as a summary in Latin of one of Ruusbroec’s other treatises also attributable to Grote. Each of the edited texts is accompanied by a so-called apparatus comparatiuus, indicating in detail all discrepancies be-tween the translations and the source texts. Lengthy introductions complete the volume, substantiating Grote’s involvement in adapting Eckhart’s Erfurter Reden and the involvement of Jan Wisse, the fi rst prior of the community in Eemstein, in the transmission of Wevel’s Twaelf dogheden.

Rijcklof Hofman is Research Fellow at the Titus Brandsma Instituut, Radboud University, Nijmegen (The Netherlands) and at the Department of Practical and Missional Theology, Faculty of Theology and Religion, University of the Free State (South Africa). Marinus van den Berg has published several Medieval Dutch texts. Guido de Baere is best known as editor in chief of Jan van Ruusbroec, Opera omnia (Corpus Christianorum, Continuatio Mediaeualis, 101-110).

Radulfus (Radulphus) Brito

Questiones super Librum Ethicorum Aristotelis Iacopo Costa (ed.)

Ce volume contient l’édition critique de la deuxième rédaction du commentaire de l’Éthique à Nicomaque écrit par Raoul le Breton au début du XIVe siècle. Le texte est transmis par le seul ms. Vat. lat. 2173 et pose des problèmes importants de critique textuelle, no-tamment en ce qui concerne sa relation avec les ma-nuscrits transmettant la première rédaction. Plusieurs aspects du texte sont susceptibles d’intéresser les historiens de la philosophie et de la théologie médié-vales : l’auteur entend porter, sur la morale d’Aristote, un regard théologique, il revoit un certain nombre de positions qu’il avait adopté dans la première rédac-tion, et élabore une forme radicale d’intellectualisme, portant aux conséquences extrêmes les positions de Godefroid de Fontaines, son maître. L’édition critique de la première rédaction a été publiée en 2008 (Studia artistarum 17).

Iacopo Costa est chargé de recherche au CNRS (PSL, LEM, Aubervilliers) et membre de la Commission Léonine. Ses tra-vaux portent sur la réception de la morale aristotélicienne au XIIIe et au XIVe siècle et sur l’histoire de la philosophie et de la théologie morales latines.

approx. 350 p., 155 x 245 mm, 2021, approx. € 205ISBN 978-2-503-58983-1 (HB)Series: Corpus Christianorum. Continuatio Mediaevalis, vol. 53CIn preparation

approx. 400 p., 155 x 245 mm, 2021, approx. € 210ISBN 978-2-503-59135-3 (HB)Series: Corpus Christianorum. Continuatio Mediaevalis, vol. 172AIn preparation

approx. 900 p., 1 col. ill., 155 x 245 mm, 2021, approx. € 500ISBN 978-2-503-58478-2 (HB)Series: Corpus Christianorum. Continuatio Mediaevalis, vol. 294In preparation

CORPVS CHRISTIANORVM

4 5

Raimundus Lullus

Opera latina XXXIX: Ars ad faciendum et solvendum quaestiones (64) Joan Carles Simó Artero (ed.)

Critical edition of Ramon Llull’s ‘Ars ad faciendum et solvendum quaestiones’.

This work by Ramon Llull, originally composed in Catalan (‘Art de fer e solre questions’), was written in Rome in 1295. It is also known as ‘Lectura super Artem inventivam et Tabulam generalem’, as it attempts to make the ‘Ars inventiva veritatis’ (op. 44) and ‘Tabula generalis’ (op. 53) more approachable. In the prologue Llull expresses his wish for this work to be translated into Latin. It belongs to the so-called encyclopaedic writings in the Lullian production, and the author announces a thousand questions related mainly to theology. The present work aims to provide a general technique applicable to any subject, a practical usage of the ‘Ars inventiva veritatis’ and the ‘Tabula gener-alis’. In general, Llull develops some aspects dealt with in op. 44 and op. 53 in order to solve possible objections or to experiment with new procedures. It is another step in the great epistemological project of the Majorcan: to establish a new general science that overcomes the diffi culties inherent in scholastic-Aris-totelian science; to apply its method to the articles of the Christian faith and to create a universal scientifi c system as a solid basis for the other sciences.

Joan Carles Simó Artero holds a Bachelor’s degree in classi-cal languages and a PhD in Philosophy and Letters from the University of the Balearic Islands, where he is an associate professor.

approx. 850 p., 6 b/w ills, 155 x 245 mm, 2021, approx. € 485ISBN 978-2-503-58677-9 (HB)Series: Corpus Christianorum. Continuatio Mediaevalis, vol. 301In preparation

Pseudo-Sisbertus Toletanus

Opera omnia Exhortatio poenitendi, Lamentum poenitentiae, Oratio pro correptione uitaeÁlvaro Cancela Cilleruelo (ed.)

Un corpus altomedieval en prosa y verso sobre la penitencia.

La Exhortatio poenitendi (CPL 1227), el Lamentum poenitentiae (CPL 1533) y la Oratio pro correptione uitae(CPL 1228) constituyen un corpus altomedieval de temática penitencial, tradicionalmente impreso entre las obras espurias de Isidoro de Sevilla. Los dos primeros son textos poéticos: la Exhortatio está compuesta en un tipo particular de hexámetros rítmicos, mientras que el Lamentum es un himno alfabético en septenarios trocaicos rítmicos. La Oratio, por su parte, es una obra en prosa puesta en boca del pecador arrepentido. Sirviéndose de los Synonymade Isidoro de Sevilla, entre otras fuentes, el autor desarrolla una exhortación a la penitencia compuesta en el estilo sinonímico popularizado por la obra isidoriana.La atribución moderna al obispo Sisberto de Toledo, depuesto en el año 693, fue propuesta por Justo Pérez de Úrbel en 1926. Su éxito inicial divulgó la denominación, que fue progresivamente puesta en duda y es hoy rechazada; su nombre se conserva como mera designación. Los indicios disponibles, de hecho, no apuntan hacia un origen hispánico, sino hacia un autor italiano o galo del s. VIII d. C. La presente edición, basada en un nuevo estudio directo de toda la tradición conocida, ofrece el primer texto crítico completo del corpus.

Álvaro Cancela Cilleruelo es Profesor Ayudante Doctor de Filología Latina en la Universidad Complutense de Madrid.

approx. 250 p., 155 x 245 mm, 2021, approx. € 150ISBN 978-2-503-59247-3 (HB)Series: Corpus Christianorum. Continuatio Mediaevalis, vol. 307In preparation

420 p., 14 b/w ills, 155 x 245 mm, 2021, € 220ISBN 978-2-503-58994-7 (HB)Series: Corpus Christianorum. Lingua Patrum, vol. 12BIn preparation

CORPVS CHRISTIANORVM

Latin in Byzantium III: Post-Byzantine Latinitas Latin in Post-Byzantine Scholarship (15th -19th Centuries)Ioannis Deligiannis, Vasileios Pappas & Vaios Vaiopoulos (eds)

The fi rst study that focuses on the extent of the knowledge of Latin language and Roman culture by Post-Byzantine scholars (15th - 19th cent.).

This volume aims at fi lling a major gap in internation-al literature concerning the knowledge of the Latin language and literature by Post-Byzantine scholars from the Fifteenth to the Nineteenth centuries. Most of them, immigrants to the West after the Fall of Byzantium, harmoniously integrated into their host countries, practiced and perfected their knowledge of the Latin language and literature, excelled in arts and letters and, in many cases, managed to obtain civil, political and clerical offi ces. They wrote original poet-ic and prose works in Latin, for literary, scholarly and/or political purposes. They also translated Greek texts into Latin, and vice versa. The contributors to this volume explore the multifac-eted aspects of the knowledge of the Latin language and literature by these scholars. Among the many issues addressed in the volume are: the reasons that urged Post-Byzantine scholars to compose Latin works and disseminate Ancient Greek works to the West and Latin texts to the East, their audience, the fate of their projects,  and their relations among them and with Western scholars. In the contents of the volume one can fi nd well known Post-Byzantine scholars such as Bessarion or Isidore of Kiev, as well as lesser known  authors like Ioannis Gemistos, Nikolaos Sekoundinos and others. Hence, hereby is provided a canon of scholars who, albeit Greek, are considered essentially as representatives of Neo-Latin literature, along with others who, through their translations, contributed to the rapprochement - literary and political - of East and West.

Vaios Vaiopoulos is a Professor of Latin Language and Literature at the Department of History of the Ionian University. Ioannis Deligiannis is an Assistant Professor of Latin at the Department of Greek Philology at Democritus University of Thrace. Vasileios Pappas is an Assistant Professor of Latin at the University of Ioannina, Greece.

Table of Contents: www.brepols.net

4 6

Peter the Chanter

The Abel Distinctions Stephen A. Barney (transl.)

The Abel Distinctions translates the fi rst edition of Peter the Chanter’s innovated ‘symbol dictionary’ from the late twel�th century.

Peter the Chanter was a master at Notre-Dame ca-thedral in Paris in the late 12th century. Among his many works is The Abel Distinctions, an alphabetized collection that treats key words by ‘distinguishing’ their various symbolic meanings in accordance with the traditions of biblical exegesis. The work was inno-vative in form and deeply conservative in content. Of special use to preachers who would shape a sermon around such sets of distinctions, it also appealed in general to clerics and laity interested in biblical mean-ing and allegory. The Abel Distinctions may have been the fi rst collection of its kind; it spawned dozens of imitators through the next two centuries and more. Its immense popularity and influence is indicated by its nearly ninety extant manuscripts. This volume translates the editio princeps of the Chanter’s work, published by Brepols in 2020.

approx. 725 p., 1 col. ill., 156 x 234 mm, 2021, approx. € 60ISBN 978-2-503-59393-7 (PB) / eISBN 978-2-503-59394-4Series: Corpus Christianorum in Translation, vol. 37In preparation

CORPVS CHRISTIANORVM

Library of Latin Texts (LLT)

The Library of Latin Texts is the reference database for Latin texts, offering texts from the beginnings of Latin literature down to the present day.

The texts are selected from the best editions available and when possible established according to best contemporary scholarly practice. Great efforts have been undertaken to verify facts relating to the text, such as the veracity of the authorial attribution or the dating. The printed text has often been enhanced by correcting detected typographical errors. In order to isolate, as far as possible, the words proper to each work, a distinction is made between the original text and the “paratextual” elements.

In in 2021, the LLT-A and LLT-B will together be made available as a single Library of Latin Texts, covering more than 141 million words from 5,442 works and 5,804 charters.

Recent updates:On 28/12/2020, the Library of Latin Texts has been updated with the Codex Justinianus, with Vincent of Beauvais’ Speculum doctrinale, Denis the Carthusian’s Commentaries on the New Testament and John Climacus’ Ladder of Paradise, with works by John Wyclif, Pope Innocent III, and others. On 03/11/2020, the Library of Latin Texts has been updated with the Decretals of Gregory IX, three collections of Quaestiones disputatae by Alexander of Hales, exegetical works by Bruno di Segni and Honorius of Autun, the Latin Sermons of Meister Eckhart, the two Lives of Robert of Arbrissel, and the Ethics of the 17th-century philosopher Arnold Geulincx, among many others.

More information & detailed leaflets are available on https://about.brepolis.net/

[email protected] – www.brepolis.net

Brepols Online Databases

Distribution

RecentiorLatinitates

8%

Antiquitas3%

Aetas Patrum

18%

MediumAeuum

71%

1991

1992

1993

1994

1995

1996

1997

1998

1999

2000

2001

2002

2003

2004

2005

2006

2007

2008

2009

2010

2011

2012

2013

2014

2015

2016

2017

2018

2019

2020

160,000,000

140,000,000

120,000,000

100,000,000

80,000,000

60,000,000

40,000,000

20,000,000

Number of words Library of Latin Texts

4 7

BOOK

SERI

ES HABSBURG WORLDSSeries Editor: Violet Soen

RENAISSANCE & EARLY MODERN STUDIES

approx. 336 p., 55 b/w ills, 156 x 234 mm, 2021, € 79ISBN 978-2-503-58133-0 (PB) / eISBN 978-2-503-58134-7Series: Habsburg Worlds, vol. 4In Preparation

approx. 360 p., 156 x 234 mm, 2021, approx. € 85ISBN 978-2-503-59159-9 (PB) / eISBN 978-2-503-59160-5Series: Habsburg Worlds, vol. 5In Preparation

Sedition The Spread of Controversial Literature and Ideas in France and Scotland, c. 1550–1610John O’Brien, Marc Schachter (eds)

This collection of eleven essays by an international team of experts investigates the political, literary, gendered, and historical dimensions of sedition and seditious works in the French Renaissance.

This interdisciplinary collection examines the notion of sedition in the period of the French Wars of Religion (1560–1600) and focuses not only on France itself, but also on Scotland during the reign of the French-born Mary Queen of Scots. Composed of eleven chapters written by an international team of experts, this vol-ume concentrates on the political aspects of sedition rather than religious heresy, and covers writings and publications in a wide range of fi elds: politics, history, law, literature, and gender. A complementary feature of this collection is the spectrum of writings studied; they include edicts and treatises, pamphlets, broad-sides, legal documents, dialogues, and satirical prose and poetry. Several chapters also address visual repre-sentations of sedition.An Introduction and a Conclusion provide synthet-ic analyses of the material studied in the individual chapters. This is a collection which will appeal to readers with interests in the history of political ideas and thought, the comparative study of monarchical government, and concepts of tyranny and resistance, discord, rebellion, and revolt.

John O’Brien is Emeritus Professor of French and Marc Schachter is Associate Professor of French at the University of Durham, UK. The epicentre of their joint research is Montaigne and La Boétie.

Table of Contents: www.brepols.net

approx. 325 p., 5 b/w ills, 156 x 234 mm, 2021, € 85ISBN 978-2-503-58990-9 (HB) / eISBN 978-2-503-58992-3Series: Late Medieval and Early Modern Studies, vol. 28In Preparation

Eagles Looking East and West Dynasty, Ritual and Representation in Habsburg Hungary and SpainTibor Martí, Roberto Quirós Rosado (eds)

Symbolised by the ‘double-headed eagle’ looking East and West, the Habsburg dynasty constituted a universal power structure in the early modern era. The dynasty’s Spanish and Austrian branches creat-ed a code of shared identity, one which also encom-passed their religious piety and their ability to pitch the Austriacum Imperium against multiple enemies worldwide. The present volume investigates the construction of the dynasty’s political image in two spheres, the Kingdom of Hungary and the Spanish monarchy, between the sixteenth and eighteenth centuries. Fifteen Hungarian, Czech and Spanish specialists offer comparative perspectives on the Habsburg era during this convulsive period of European history, addressing topics including diplomatic links, dynas-tic ritual and representation, and the Order of the Golden Fleece. In covering a wide range of themes, their contributions aim towards a better under-standing of the emergence of new political attitudes in the Western world prior to the Enlightenment.

Contributors to the volume include Cristina Bravo Lozano, Václav Bůžek, Nóra G. Etényi, Alfredo Floristán Imízcoz, Rubén González Cuerva, Borbála Gulyás, Fanni Hende, János Kalmár, Zsolt Kökényesi, Zoltán Korpás, Pavel Marek, Tibor Monostori, and Géza Pál�fy.

Tibor Martí is Research Fellow in the Institute of History of the Research Centre for the Humanities (Budapest, Hungary) and Roberto Quirós Rosado is Assistant Professor of Early Modern History in the Universidad Autónoma de Madrid (Spain).

Table of Contents: www.brepols.net

Politics and Piety at the Royal Sites of the Spanish Monarchy in the Seventeenth Century José Eloy Hortal Munoz (ed.)

The relevance of religious and political practices at the Royal Sites of the different kingdoms that com-posed the Spanish Monarchy, in the consolidation of the image and power of the Spanish kings.

Institutions under royal control included not only the king’s royal residences and the royal chapels at-tached to them, but also magnifi cent convent-pal-aces and individual monasteries belonging to spe-cifi c religious orders with close affi liations to the Spanish Crown. These Spanish Royal Sites, a diverse global network that helped to shape the Spanish Monarchy politically and socially in the seventeenth century, extended across the different kingdoms of the Iberian Peninsula and beyond to other territo-ries in Europe, America and Asia under Spanish rule. The religious practices that occurred there were an essential aspect of studying the justifi cation of power, the pre-eminence of (ecclesiastical and tem-poral) institutions and, in the case of the Spanish Monarchy, its relations with the Holy See.This volume brings together scholars from various humanities disciplines, opening up novel avenues of research for studying the organization of royal in-stitutions in the different kingdoms of the Habsburg Spanish Monarchy, especially in questions related to religion and royal piety. Particular attention is paid to the under-researched area of Royal Sites in Catalonia, Valencia, Portugal, Sardinia and the Viceroyalty of Peru.

José Eloy Hortal Muñoz is Associate Professor of Early Modern History at the University Rey Juan Carlos in Madrid. His main research interests are the political his-tory of the Habsburg Netherlands in the sixteenth and seventeenth centuries, the Courts of Brussels and Madrid, the Royal Households of the Spanish Habsburgs and the Royal Sites.

Table of Contents: www.brepols.net

4 8

Renaissance Religions Modes and Meanings in HistoryPeter Howard, Nicholas Terpstra, Riccardo Saccenti (eds)

Several decades of cultural and inter-disciplinary scholarship have yielded, and continue to yield, new insights into the diversity of religious experience in Europe from the fi fteenth through the seventeenth centuries. Revisionist approaches to humanism and humanists have led to a re-evaluation of the fram-ing of belief;  the boundaries between Christianity, Judaism, and Islam are seen to be more fluid and porous; a keen interest in devotion and materiality has lent new voice to ‘subaltern’ elements in society;  sermon studies has emerged as a distinct discipline and a preacher’s omissions are now understood to be often more telling than what was said;  under the influence of the ‘spatial turn’ art and architectural his-tory is generating new understandings of how belief and devotion translated into material culture; the emphasis in defi ning early modern Catholic culture and identity has moved from emphasizing reactions to Protestantism towards exploring roots and forms in fi fteenth century reform movements; globalization, mass migration and issues surrounding social inclu-sion have re-positioned our understanding of reform in the late medieval and early modern period. The essays in this volume reflect these historiographical and methodological developments and are organized according to four themes:  Negotiating Boundaries, Modelling Spirituality, Sense and Emotion, and Space and Form. This organization underscores how analysis of religious life clarifi es the questions that are at the core of Renaissance studies today.

Peter Howard is Director of the Institute of Religion and Critical Inquiry at Australian Catholic University. His re-search and publications explore religious culture in its theo-logical, visual, oral/aural and performative aspects.Riccardo Saccenti teaches History of Medieval Philosophy at the University of Bergamo. His research explores moral discourse, with major publications on medieval theories of free will, natural law, the sacraments, and the early recep-tion of Peter Lombard’s Sentences.Nicholas Terpstra is Professor of History at the University of Toronto.  His research traverses orphans, abandoned chil-dren, criminals, and the poor; early modern religious refu-gees and exile; space, mobility, and the digital mapping of early modern cities.

Table of Contents: www.brepols.net

Families, Authority, and the Transmission of Knowledge in the Early Modern Middle East Christoph U. Werner, Maria Szuppe, Nicolas Michel, Albrecht Fuess (eds)

This collection of articles traces the themes of family and of transmission in the early modern Middle East from an interdisciplinary and com-parative perspective.

This volume brings together innovative contribu-tions on the history and nature of families in the early modern Middle East, covering Central Asia, Iran, Ottoman Turkey and the Arab World from the fi fteenth to the seventeenth century and be-yond. It argues the importance of connecting the key concept of family in its widest possible mean-ing, whether descent group, lineage, household or dynasty, with the notion of transmission of knowledge, authority, status and power, and de-velops this idea through a pluridisciplinary and cross-regional approach. Based on primary sourc-es in Arabic, Persian, and Turkish as well as art and material culture, the individual articles detail pro-cesses and dynamics of transmission, thus initiat-ing a comparative dialogue.

Christoph U. Werner holds the Chair of Iranian Studies at the University of Bamberg, Maria Szuppeis Directrice de recherche at the CNRS and director of CeRMI (Centre de recherche sur le monde iranien: Langues, cultures et sociétés de l’Antiquité à nos jours) in Paris, Nicolas Michel is Professeur d’histoire contem-poraine at the University of Aix-Marseille, and Albrecht Fuess is Professor of Islamic Studies at the University of Marburg.

Table of Contents: www.brepols.net

Princely Funerals in Europe, 1400-1700 Commemoration, Diplomacy, and Political PropagandaMonique Chatenet, Murielle Gaude-Ferragu, Gérard Sabatier (eds)

Panorama of royal and princely ceremonial, their evolution from the end of the Middle Ages to the seventeenth century and their diffusion throughout the Courts of Europe.

Funerals were among the most extravagant princely ceremonies in Europe. At the end of the Middle Ages, they were grandiose affairs, carefully recorded, bring-ing together the emotions of both Court and People. The Renaissance heightened their effect, adding sur-prising elements borrowed from an Antiquity which was largely re-invented. The seventeenth century in-troduced ephemeral displays, elaborately constructed castrum doloris, dressed up with lavish facades and inte-rior designs which transformed these sanctuaries into theatrical funeral pyres. Historians, anthropologists, and political scientists have long been interested in this subject, as can be seen from Ralph Giesey’s celebrated work Le Roi est mort. Art historians have been attracted to the surviving decorations of tombs and funerary chapels. Yet historians of spectacle and of its ephemera have, hitherto, somewhat neglected a topic which is — nonetheless — at the heart of their concerns: with their elaborate settings, their costumes and decors, princely funerals challenge theatre and opera. It is within this context that experts from many disciplines attempt to trace the evolution of funeral ceremonies, which were much less static than is generally believed; to expose the gifts of the masters of these solemn occa-sions (and, indeed, of their predecessors, the heralds) who constantly devised subtle ways of capturing the at-tention of spectators and moving their emotions. These essays have tried to cover not only a wide time spec-trum but also to reveal the variety and range of such ceremonies devised in diverse European Courts as well as unravelling the innovations which underlay fashions which had multiple international repercussions.

Featuring contributions by: Monique Chatenet, Murielle Gaude-Ferragu, Gérard Sabatier, Agostino Paracivini Bagliani, Alain Marchandisse, Joël Burden, Mickaël Boytsov, Maria Nadia Covini, Eva Pibiri, Marie-Madeleine Fontaine, Giovanni Ricci, Gérard Sabatier, Maria Adelaida Allo Manero, Naïma Ghermani, Birgitte B. Johannsen.

Table of Contents: www.brepols.net

approx. 350 p., 65 b/w ills, 1 col. ill., 156 x 234 mm, 2021, € 90ISBN 978-2-503-59069-1 (HB) / eISBN 978-2-503-59070-7Series: Europa Sacra, vol. 26In Preparation

approx. 334 p., 24 col. ills, 156 x 234 mm, 2021, approx. € 75ISBN 978-2-503-59289-3 (HB) / eISBN 978-2-503-59290-9Series: Miroir de l’Orient Musulman, vol. 10In Preparation

365 p., 60 b/w ills, 21 col. ills, 178 x 254 mm, 2021, € 90ISBN 978-2-503-58743-1 (HB) / eISBN 978-2-503-58744-8Series: European Festival Studies: 1450-1700In Preparation

RENAISSANCE & EARLY MODERN STUDIES

4 9

Le Nouveau Testament d’Érasme (1516) Regards sur l’Europe des humanistesThierry Amalou, Alexandre Vanautgaerden (éd.)

Ouvrage consacré à l’un des livres qui changea le cours de l’histoire religieuse en Occident : le Nouveau Testament édité par Erasme (1516).

L’édition du Nouveau Testament en 1516 est l’œuvre la plus importante d’Érasme. Il offre la première édi-tion imprimée du texte grec et une version latine qui renouvelle le texte de la Vulgate, attribué jusqu’alors à saint Jérôme. Érasme innove en confrontant le texte latin et le texte grec sur deux colonnes en pa-rallèle, afi n de donner priorité au texte saint. Les commentaires sont rejetés en fi n de volume dans une très riche annotation qui commente les choix de sa nouvelle traduction et éclaire les passages controversés. L’humaniste enrichit sa traduction et son annotation par l’écriture d’une paraphrase du Nouveau Testament. Pendant vingt ans, Érasme ne cesse d’améliorer sa traduction et les annotations de son volume. Chacune des nouvelles éditions en 1519, 1522, 1527 et 1535 représente un temps fort dans l’histoire religieuse troublée du XVIe siècle. Les textes de ce volume éclairent le cheminement herméneu-tique d’Érasme et la réception en France des éditions du Nouveau Testament. Le volume est complété par une chronique de l’ensemble des travaux parus sur le travail biblique d’Érasme depuis la commémoration du Novum Instrumentum en 2016.

Table des matières: www.brepols.net

Noblesses transrégionales Les Croÿ et les frontières pendantles guerres de religion (France, Lorraine et Pays-Bas, XVIe et XVIIe siècle)Violet Soen, Yves Junot (éd.)

Les écrits présentés par des chercheurs de France, de Belgique, des Pays-Bas et du Royaume-Uni porteront sur le rôle de la famille Croÿ dans les con�lits reli-gieux et politiques du XVIe siècle, notamment dans la région frontalière entre la France et les Pays-Bas des Habsbourg.

Le caractère pan-européen des guerres de religion suscite des questions sur l’incidence des frontières et le rôle des acteurs qui les franchissent ou les trans-gressent. Cet ouvrage retrace les parcours transrégio-naux et confessionnels des Croÿ, une puissante mai-son nobiliaire établie de part et d’autre des frontières séparant la France et les Pays-Bas habsbourgeois, à travers la reconstitution des engagements politiques et religieux de ses membres (Porcien, Aarschot, Chimay, Havré, et leurs épouses ou mères Amboise, Lorraine, Clèves, Brimeu, Dommartin). Ce volume montre comment ces noblesses transrégio-nales bâtissent leur influence à l’ombre des rivalités internationales entre rois de France et d’Espagne, em-pereurs et ducs de Lorraine, et du choix de la religion au temps des Réformes; comment elles assemblent stratégiquement leurs domaines, patronnent une clientèle locale et se font reconnaître comme souve-rains de micro-principautés; et comment elles mobi-lisent ce capital politique en rivalisant avec d’autres lignages catholiques (Guise, Clèves) ou protestants (Condé, Bouillon), en désobéissant à leur prince ou en négociant leur réconciliation avec lui.

Ont contribué à ce volume Anne Mieke Backer, Aurélien Behr, Olivia Carpi, Nette Claeys, Gustaaf Janssens, Alain Joblin, Odile Jurbert, Tomaso Pascucci, Sanne Maekelberg, Pieter Martens, Jonathan Spangler et Sylvia van Zanen.

Violet Soen est professeure d’histoire moderne à la KU Leuven et Yves Junot est maître de conférences en histoire moderne à l’Université Polytechnique Hauts-de-France.

Table des matières: www.brepols.net

xx + 370 p., 19 col. ills, 150 x 250 mm, 2021, € 65ISBN 978-2-503-59385-2 (PB)Série: Nugæ, vol. 21Disponible

approx. 424 p., 84 b/w ills, 40 col. ills, 178 x 254 mm, 2021, € 99ISBN 978-2-503-58299-3 (HB) / eISBN 978-2-503-58300-6Série: Burgundica, vol. 30En Préparation

approx. 300 p., 2 b/w ills, 8 col. ills, 156 x 234 mm, 2021, € 80ISBN 978-2-503-59081-3 (HB) / eISBN 978-2-503-59082-0Series: New Communities of Interpretation, vol. 1In Preparation

RENAISSANCE & EARLY MODERN STUDIES

NEW COMMUNITIES OF INTERPRETATIONContexts of Religious Transformation in Late Medieval and Early Modern EuropeSeries Editors: Sabrina Corbellini and John J. Thompson

Religious Connectivity in Urban Communities (1400-1550) Reading, Worshipping, and Connecting through the Continuum of Sacred and SecularSuzan Folkerts (ed.)

This collection on religious connectivity explores a new approach to religious culture in the late Middle Ages. In assessing the porosity of the do-mains of sacred and secular, and of religious and lay, the contributors to this collection investigate processes of transfer of religious knowledge, liter-ature, and artefacts, and the people involved.

Table of Contents

Introduction: Religious Connectivity as a Holistic Approach to Urban Society — Suzan FolkertsUrban Society and Lay-Religious Communities: Notes on Confraternities in Italian Communes and Signories — Marina GazziniReligion as a Connecting Force in the Late Medieval City of Utrecht: The Religious Life of Alderman and Mayor Dirck Borre van Amerongen (c. 1438‒1528) — Cora ZwartFleshers, Saints, and Bones: Connectivities that Transcend the Sacred-Secular Divide within the Medieval Scottish Burgh of Perth — Megan E. Edwards ALVAREZDit boec heft gegeven: Book Donation as an Indicator of a Shared Culture of Devotion in the Late Medieval Low Countries— Johanneke UphoffRecycled Piety or a Self-Made Community? The Late Medieval Manuscripts of the Tertiaries of Sint-Catharinadal in Hasselt — An-Katrien HanselaerThe Re-Use of Melodies as an Indication of the Connection of Religious Song to the Urban Environment — Cécile de MorréeCaxton’s Press and Pilgrimages: Shaping Groups of Travellers into a New Community of Interpretation? — Delphine MercuzotHow Figures of the Bible Connected Printers, Artists, and Friends (1538‒76) — Elsa KammererThe Coalman and the Devil: Carbonaria Fides and the Limits of Lay Religious Knowledge — María José VegaPeople, Passion, and Prayer: Religious Connectivity in the Hanseatic City of Deventer — Suzan Folkerts

NEW

BOO

K SE

RIES

5 0

MUSIC HISTORY

La musicalité des images au Moyen Âge Instruments, voix et corps sonores dans les manuscrits enluminés (XIIIe-XIVe siècles)Martine Clouzot

Par les images, la musique est fi gurée de façon inven-tive et étonnante dans les manuscrits enluminés entre le XIIIe et le XIVe siècle, principalement en France et en Angleterre. C’est cette capacité d’invention des en-lumineurs à rendre visible ce qui est invisible, à savoir les sons des instruments et les voix des chanteurs, qui retient l’attention. La démarche consiste à se fonder sur les cadres généraux de formation et de pensée des lettrés de l’époque : les arts libéraux et la théologie. A partir de cette culture savante commune, ce livre cherche à comprendre les différents procédés visuels élaborés par les « concepteurs d’images » pour faire voir et entendre « la musique » sur le support matériel et culturel particulier du manuscrit. Dans la société médiévale, le verbe et l’image sont aux fondements théologiques et anthropologiques du corps et de l’âme. Cette étude postule alors que les images du roi David, des jongleurs, des fous, des bêtes, des hybrides, participent d’une double repré-sentation culturelle et morale : celle du statut social des « gens de savoir », initiés à la musica, concepteurs des livres et des images à l’usage des clercs, laïcs et/ou nobles cultivés ; celle du but ultime des savoirs des lettrés, et donc des livres enluminés : la conversion des mœurs par la discipline des corps en vue du salut des âmes.

Table des matières: www.brepols.net

approx. 430 p., 20 b/w ills, 120 col. ills, 190 x 290 mm, 2021, approx. € 80ISBN 978-2-503-58855-1 (PB)Série: Epitome musicalEn Préparation

La musique dodécaphonique et sérielleUne nouvelle histoire Franck Jedrzejewski (éd.)

This book constitutes the fi rst major synthesis of the history of serialism published in French.

At the beginning of the twentieth century, Arnold Schönberg proposed a new way of composing in his Five Pieces for Piano that proceeded from a “se-ries of 12 tones which have no relation to each oth-er”. A twelve-tone composition by René Leibowitz that was popularized in France originated from the small town of Mödling — a suburb of Vienna where Schönberg lived, and the site of a musical revolution. Composers who used this technique appropriates the series and adapted the princi-ples of composition to suit their own sensibilities. While some divided the series into (more or less) autonomous fragments, others extended the se-ries to include all musical parameters; still others constructed series of more than twelve tones or invoked matrix-based calculus. This book chroni-cles a technical history of serialism and highlights narratives that have not yet appeared in published literature by examining theoretical texts in nu-merous languages, some by composers whose works are translated here for the fi rst time. This book constitutes the fi rst major synthesis of the history of serialism published in French.

Franck Jedrzejewski is a mathematician and has doctorates in philosophy and musicology. A researcher with the French Atomic Energy Commission, he has been the Vice-President of the International College of Philosophy, where he is now the director of programs. He has published twenty books in philosophy, and in music theory. His research is highly interdisciplinary and encompasses topics in music theory, mathematics, atonality and Russian avant-garde music. He currently teaches at Université de Paris-Saclay.

approx. 300 p., 216 x 280 mm, 2021, approx. € 100ISBN 978-2-503-59486-6 (HB)Série: Music, Science and Technology, vol. 3En Préparation

Journal of the Alamire Foundation, 2020 (vol. 12.2)The Leuven Chansonnier I

Table of Contents

The Leuven Chansonnier IRyan O’Sullivan, IntroductionFabrice Fitch, Spotlight on a Newly Recovered Song: The Anonymous Virelai Si vous voullez que je vous ame from the Leuven ChansonnierAdam Knight Gilbert, Songs that Know Each Other in the Leuven ChansonnierPaul Kolb, Anacruses and Opening Rests in the Leuven ChansonnierThomas Schmidt, On the Production and Reading of the Leuven ChansonnierFree PapersEulmee Park, Guilielmus Monachus on Fauxbourdon and Gymel: A Re-ExaminationResearch and Performance Practice ForumStratton Bull, Ruth I. DeFord, Fabrice Fitch, Quomodo tempus fugit: Time, Mensuration, and Performance in Obrecht’s Missa Maria zart

Available in Open Access on www.brepolsonline.net

132 p., 33 b/w ills, 18 col. ills, 178 x 254 mm, 2021, € 32ISBN 978-2-503-58811-7 (PB)Series: Journal of the Alamire Foundation, vol. 12/2Available

Print & Online Subscriptions: contact [email protected] content available on www.brepolsonline.net

JOUR

NAL

OPEN ACCESS

5 1

MUSIC HISTORY

approx. 300 p., 15 b/w ills, 210 x 270 mm, 2021, approx. € 110ISBN 978-2-503-59487-3 (HB)Series: Speculum musicae, vol. 41In Preparation

approx. 400 p., 15 b/w ills, 210 x 270 mm, 2021, approx. € 125ISBN 978-2-503-59488-0 (HB)Series: Speculum musicae, vol. 42In Preparation

From Gypsy to BohemianA Study in Musical Rhapsody Anna G. Piotrowska (ed.)

This volume examines the concept of rhapsody through a broad lens. Beginning with a discussion of the meaning(s) of the term itself, it then traces the history and reception of the genre and its sig-nifi cance in European culture. It argues for a close relationship between the idea of rhapsody and the concept of Gypsiness by demonstrating that ‘rhap-sody’ and ‘Gypsiness’ can be seen as manifestations of the same types of influence and preferences for certain aesthetic categories.  The book pays special attention to the seminal role of Franz Liszt in its dis-cussion of the instrumental rhapsody. Ultimately, it reveals the consequences of historiographical rep-resentations of the rhapsody (e.g. the ossifi cation of the image of the European Gypsy musician as a bard/rhapsode, the fossilization of presumptions concerning the nature of so-called ‘Gypsies’) as well as unexpected similarities and differences between the rhapsody and the ballad as romantic genres with national implications.

Anna G. Piotrowska studied musicology at Jagiellonian University and at Durham University. Her research inter-ests focus on the sociological and cultural aspects of mu-sical life. She is currently a Professor of Musicology at the Institute of Musicology, Faculty of History, Jagiellonian University in Kraków, Poland.

Haydn’s Last Creative Period Federico Gon (ed.)

This volume focuses on one of the most crucial parts of Haydn’s career—a  key era in which the experi-ments of the 1770s arrived at the consolidation and defi nition of new compositional forms and practices in the 1780s. The ‘mature’ Haydn represents a musi-cian marked by full creative ferment in all musical genres and reveals the profi le of a composer at the peak of his career. Through new research, this book examines the views of Haydn’s compositional prac-tice as both self-aware and as adaptations based on the public’s changing tastes. Such was an achieve-ment that Haydn obtained without betraying the principles of balance, solidity and expressiveness that he developed during decades of musical prac-tice at the Esterházy court.

Federico Gon, a musicologist and composer, obtained his Ph.D. from the University of Padua. A member of the scholarly committee of the Italian National Edition of Commedie per musica by Domenico Cimarosa, he was also a postdoctoral researcher at the University of Vienna from 2016 to 2019. He currently teaches at the University of Udine and at the Conservatorio di Musica ‘Luca Marenzio’ in Brescia.

BOOK

SERI

ES

SPECULUM MUSICAESeries Editor: Roberto Illiano

Ars AntiquaMusic and Culture in Europe c. 1150-1330Gregorio Bevilacqua, Thomas Payne (eds)

This volume presents new contributions that address the principal polyphonic genres of the time (organum, motet, conductus) as well as vernacular and mono-phonic songs, issues of musical and poetic aesthetics, manuscript tradition and production, authorship, liturgical practices, the continuance of «ars antiqua» ideas well into the fourteenth-century era of the «ars nova», and the role that information technologies may play in future «ars antiqua» scholarship.The long thirteenth-century saw the emergence and proliferation of a diverse and unprecedented outpour-ing of musical activity known as the «ars antiqua». Polyphonic, monophonic, liturgical, paraliturgical, secular, Latin, and vernacular genres were cultivated and disseminated throughout Europe on a scale not seen since the imposition of the liturgical plainchant repertory centuries earlier. This volume presents eleven new contributions that address the principal polyphonic genres of the time (organum, motet, con-ductus) as well as vernacular and monophonic songs, issues of musical and poetic aesthetics, manuscript tradition and production, authorship, liturgical prac-tices, the continuance of «ars antiqua» ideas well into the fourteenth-century era of the «ars nova», and the role that information technologies may play in fu-ture «ars antiqua» scholarship. With its examination of musical and cultural contributions from all across Europe through a wide variety of different perspec-tives by a range of scholars from all over the globe, this book both contributes to and substantiates the healthy state of inquiry into one of the most signifi -cant artistic achievements of pre-modern Europe.

xviii + 318 p., 210 x 270 mm, 2020, € 110ISBN 978-2-503-59099-8 (HB)Series: Speculum musicae, vol. 40Available

REM

INDE

R

5 2

Bishops’ Identities, Careers, and Networks in Medieval Europe Sarah Thomas (ed.) approx. 320 p., 6 b/w ills, 156 x 234 mm, 2021, € 85 ISBN 978-2-503-57910-8 (HB) / eISBN 978-2-503-57911-5 Series: Medieval Church Studies, vol. 44 In Preparation

Oral and Written Communication in the Medieval Countryside Peasants – Clergy – NoblemenAnna Adamska, Marco Mostert (eds) approx. 500 p., 20 b/w ills, 156 x 234 mm, 2021, € 120 ISBN 978-2-503-58905-3 (HB) / eISBN 978-2-503-58906-0 Series: Utrecht Studies in Medieval Literacy, vol. 45 In Preparation

The Carolingian Revolution Unconventional Approaches to Medieval Latin Literature IFrancesco Stellaxviii + 412 p., 40 b/w ills, 156 x 234 mm, 2021, € 110 ISBN 978-2-503-58799-8 (HB) / eISBN 978-2-503-58800-1 Series: Utrecht Studies in Medieval Literacy, vol. 48 Available

Digital Philology and Quantitative Criticism of Medieval Literature Unconventional Approaches to Medieval Latin Literature IIFrancesco Stellax + 279 p., 40 b/w ills, 156 x 234 mm, 2021, € 80 ISBN 978-2-503-58801-8 (HB) / eISBN 978-2-503-58802-5 Series: Utrecht Studies in Medieval Literacy, vol. 49 Available

Games and Visual Culture in the Middle Ages and the Renaissance Vanina Kopp, Elizabeth Lapina (eds) 356 p., 62 b/w ills, 25 col. ills, 156 x 234 mm, 2021, € 85 ISBN 978-2-503-58872-8 (HB) / eISBN 978-2-503-58873-5 Series: Studies in the History of Daily Life (800-1600), vol. 8 Available

Un commandeur ordinaire ? Bérenger Monge et le gouvernement des hospitaliers provençaux au XIIIe siècleDamien Carraz528 p., 1 b/w ill., 156 x 234 mm, 2021, € 85 ISBN 978-2-503-58978-7 (HB) / eISBN 978-2-503-58979-4 Série: Ecclesia militans, vol. 8 Disponible

Alexander of Aphrodisias in the Middle Ages and the Renaissance Pietro B Rossi, Matteo Di Giovanni, Andrea Aldo Robiglio (eds) approx. 230 p., 3 col. ills, 156 x 234 mm, 2021, approx. € 75 ISBN 978-2-503-58827-8 (HB) / eISBN 978-2-503-58828-5 Series: Studia Artistarum, vol. 45 In Preparation

Mentale Sätze und das Problem semantischer Antinomien: Die Insolubilia von Pierre d’Ailly Historische Studie und textkritische EditionMarkus Erne (ed.) approx. 281 p., 156 x 234 mm, 2021, approx. € 85 ISBN 978-2-503-58933-6 (PB) / eISBN 978-2-503-58940-4 Series: Studia Artistarum, vol. 46 In Preparation

La Formule au Moyen Âge III Formulas in Medieval Culture IIIOlivier Simonin, Caroline De Barrau (éd.) approx. 451 p., 23 b/w ills, 13 col. ills, 156 x 234 mm, 2021, € 95 ISBN 978-2-503-58919-0 (HB) / eISBN 978-2-503-58920-6 Série: Atelier de recherche sur les textes médiévaux, vol. 28 En Préparation

Les chartes constitutionnelles des villes d’Allemagne du Sud (XIVe-XVe siècle) Dominique Adrian206 p., 156 x 234 mm, 2021, € 65 ISBN 978-2-503-58938-1 (HB) / eISBN 978-2-503-58939-8 Série: Atelier de recherche sur les textes médiévaux, vol. 29 En Préparation

Historiography and Identity III: Carolingian Approaches Rutger Kramer, Helmut Reimitz, Graeme Ward (eds) viii + 396 p., 2 b/w ills, 156 x 234 mm, 2021, € 100 ISBN 978-2-503-58655-7 (HB) / eISBN 978-2-503-58656-4 Series: Cultural Encounters in Late Antiquity and the Middle Ages, vol. 29 Available

Franks and Crusades in Medieval Eastern Christian Historiography Alex Mallett (ed.) approx. 316 p., 156 x 234 mm, 2021, € 84 ISBN 978-2-503-56581-1 (HB) / eISBN 978-2-503-57278-9 Series: Outremer. Studies in the Crusades and the Latin East, vol. 10 In Preparation

The Crusade of King Conrad III of Germany Warfare and Diplomacy in Byzantium, Anatolia and Outremer, 1146-1148Jason T. Roche302 p., 156 x 234 mm, 2021, € 84 ISBN 978-2-503-53038-3 (HB) / eISBN 978-2-503-56095-3 Series: Outremer. Studies in the Crusades and the Latin East, vol. 13 In Preparation

Famagusta Vol. II: History and Society Gilles Grivaud, Angel Nicolaou-Konnari, Christopher Schabel (eds) 912 p., 115 col. ills, 156 x 234 mm, 2021, approx. € 110 ISBN 978-2-503-59041-7 (HB) / eISBN 978-2-503-59042-4 Series: Mediterranean Nexus 1100-1700, vol. 8 Available

Les monastères grecs sous domination latine (XIIIe-XVIe siècles) Comme un loup poursuivant un moutonLudivine Voisinapprox. 480 p., 1 col. ill., 155 x 240 mm, 2021, approx. € 90 ISBN 978-2-503-59131-5 (HB) / eISBN 978-2-503-59132-2 Série: Mediterranean Nexus 1100-1700, vol. 9 Available

Marie de Bourgogne / Mary of Burgundy Reign, ‘Persona’, and Legacy of a Late Medieval Duchess / Figure, Principat et Postérité d’une Duchesse Tardo-MédiévaleMichael Depreter, Jonathan Dumont, Elizabeth L’Estrange, Samuel Mareel (éd.) approx. 450 p., 61 b/w ills, 156 x 234 mm, 2021, € 99 ISBN 978-2-503-58808-7 (PB) / eISBN 978-2-503-58809-4 Série: Burgundica, vol. 31 En Préparation

Minorities in Contact in the Medieval Mediterranean Clara Almagro Vidal, Jessica Tearney-Pearce, Luke Yarbrough (eds) 388 p., 1 b/w ill., 156 x 234 mm, 2021, € 100 ISBN 978-2-503-58793-6 (HB) / eISBN 978-2-503-58794-3 Series: Cultural Encounters in Late Antiquity and the Middle Ages, vol. 33 Available

Beyond the Sermo modernus Sermon Form in Early Fifteenth-Century EnglandSiegfried Wenzelapprox. 350 p., 124 x 228 mm, Pontifical Institute of Mediaeval Studies, 2021, approx. € 90 ISBN 978-0-88844-222-2 (HB) Series: Studies and Texts, vol. 222 In Preparation North American customers are advised to order through University of Toronto Press

Marcel Proust. Cahiers 1 à 75 de la Bibliothèque nationale de FranceCahier 7 Julie André, Emanuele Arioli, Matthieu Vernet (éd.) 2 vols, approx. 460 p., 140 b/w ills, 225 x 295 mm, 2021, approx. € 250 ISBN 978-2-503-57564-3 (HB) Série: Marcel Proust. Cahiers 1 à 75 de la Bibliothèque nationale de France, vol. 7 En Préparation

Transferts culturels franco-italiens au Moyen Âge /Trasferimenti culturali italo francesi Claudio Galderisi, Roberto Antonelli, Arianna Punzi, Joëlle Ducos (éd.) 292 p., 10 b/w ills, 156 x 234 mm, 2021, € 70 ISBN 978-2-503-58771-4 (PB) / eISBN 978-2-503-59328-9 Série: Bibliothèque de Transmédie, vol. 8 Disponible

La Bouquechardière de Jean de Courcy Tome IV : La diaspora des TroyensSandrine Hériché Pradeau (éd.) 327 p., 156 x 234 mm, 2021, € 120 ISBN 978-2-503-58624-3 (HB) Série: Recherches sur les Réceptions de l’Antiquité, vol. 1.4 Disponible

1. MEDIEVAL STUDIES 2. LANGUAGES & LITERATURE

Manuscrits enluminés d’origine germanique XVe siècleLaure Rioust364 p., 155 col. ills, 210 x 300 mm, 2021, € 150 ISBN 978-2-503-57790-6 (HB) Série: Manuscrits enluminés d’origine germanique, vol. 2 Disponible

Catalogue de manuscrits syriaques et garshuni de Charfet I. Fonds Rahmani 1-125Youssef Dergham (éd.) approx. 525 p., 121 col. ills, 220 x 280 mm, 2021, approx. € 95 ISBN 978-2-503-57042-6 (PB) Série: Transmission des Textes: Catalogues En Préparation

Illustrations médiévales de la légende de Troie Catalogue commenté des manuscrits fr. illustrés du Roman de Troie et de ses dérivésCarine Durandapprox. 1000 p., 5 b/w ills, 75 col. ills, 210 x 280 mm, 2021, approx. € 150 ISBN 978-2-503-52626-3 (PB) Publié hors série En Préparation

L’iconographie du Lancelot-Graal Irène Fabry-Tehranchi, Catherine Nicolasapprox. 615 p., 350 b/w ills, 48 col. ills, 156 x 234 mm, 2021, approx. € 125 ISBN 978-2-503-58003-6 (PB) Série: Répertoire Iconographique de la Littérature du Moyen Age, vol. 7 En Préparation

The Art & Science of Illuminated ManuscriptsA HandbookStella Panayotova (ed)528 p., 830 colour ills, 190 x 255 mm, 2021, € 100 ISBN 978-1-912554-59-1 (HB) Series: Manuscripts in the Making, vol. 3 Available

3. MANUSCRIPT STUDIES & BOOK HISTORY

4. ART HISTORY

PREVIOUSLY ANNOUNCED PUBLICATIONS

Art Flesh, Gold and Wood. The Saint-Denis altarpiece in Liège and the question of partial paint practices in the 16th Century Proceedings of the Conference Held at the Royal Institute for Cultural Heritage in Brussels, 22-24 October 2015Emmanuelle Mercier, Ria De Boodt, Pierre-Yves Kairis (eds) 484 p., 230 x 290 mm, 2021, € 56.61 ISBN 978-2-930054-40-7 (HB) Series: Scientia Artis, vol. 18 Available

5 3

PREVIOUSLY ANNOUNCED PUBLICATIONS

Taddeo di Bartolo Siena’s Painter in the Early QuattrocentoGail Elizabeth Solberg2 vols, approx. 800 p., 166 b/w ills, 802 col. ills, 225 x 300 mm, 2021, approx. € 200 ISBN 978-1-909400-81-8 (HB) Series: Studies in Medieval and Early Renaissance Art History In Preparation

Tributes to Richard K. Emmerson Crossing Medieval DisciplinesElina Gertsman, Karlyn Griffith, Deirdre Carter (eds) approx. 320 p., 91 b/w ills, 60 col. ills, 220 x 280 mm, 2021, approx. € 150 ISBN 978-1-909400-99-3 (HB) Series: Tributes, vol. 10 In Preparation

Leonardo, Bramante, and the AcademiaArt and Friendship in Fifteenth-Century Milan Jill Pedersonapprox. 376 p., 3 b/w ills, 100 col. ills, 215 x 280 mm, 2021, approx. € 120 ISBN 978-1-912554-42-3 (HB) Series: Renovatio Artium, vol. 9 In Preparation

The Fertile Ground of Painting17th-Century Still Lives and Nature Pieces Karin Leonhardapprox. 288 p., 162 col. ills, 220 x 280 mm, 2021, approx. € 125 ISBN 978-1-912554-06-5 (HB) Series: Studies in Baroque Art, vol. 12 In Preparation

Murillo Persuasion and Aura Benito Navarrete Prietoapprox. 340 p., 14 b/w ills, 272 col. ills, 225 x 300 mm, 2021, approx. € 150 ISBN 978-1-912554-40-9 (HB) Series: Studies in Baroque Art, vol. 16 In Preparation

Architecture and Visual Culture in the Late Antique and Medieval Mediterranean Studies in Honor of Robert G. OusterhoutVasileios Marinis, Amy Papalexandrou, Jordan Pickett (eds) xviii + 253 p., 90 b/w ills, 216 x 280 mm, 2021, € 94 ISBN 978-2-503-58396-9 (PB) / eISBN 978-2-503-59513-9 Series: Architectura Medii Aevi, vol. 14 Available

Riemenschneider in Situ Katherine M. Boivin, Gregory C. Bryda (eds) approx. 416 p., 33 b/w ills, 222 col. ills, 225 x 300 mm, 2021, approx. € 175 ISBN 978-1-912554-45-4 (HB) Series: VISTAS, vol. 4 In Preparation

Pontormo at San Lorenzo The Making and Meaning of a Lost Renaissance MasterpieceElizabeth Pilliodapprox. 320 p., 58 b/w ills, 90 col. ills, 225 x 300 mm, 2021, approx. € 125 ISBN 978-1-909400-94-8 (HB) Series: Studies in Medieval and Early Renaissance Art History In Preparation

The Corpse in the Middle Ages Embalming, Cremating, and the Cultural Construction of the Dead Body Romedio Schmitz-Esser760 p., 220 x 280 mm, 2021, € 150 ISBN 978-1-909400-87-0 (HB) Series: Harvey Miller Studies in the History of Culture Available

Aspice Hunc Opus Mirum Festschrift on the Occasion of Nikola Jaksić’s 70th BirthdayMiljenko Jurković, Ivan Josipović (eds) 638 p., 200 b/w ills, 245 col. ills, 200 x 280 mm, 2021, € 95 ISBN 978-953-8250-10-1 (PB) Series: Dissertationes et Monographiae, vol. 15 Available

Être historien de l’architecture dans la France des XXe et XXIe siècles Des Ego-histoires et des ViesMiljenko Jurković (éd.) approx. 800 p., 20 b/w ills, 200 x 280 mm, 2021, approx. € 90 ISBN 978-953-8250-11-8 (PB) Série: Dissertationes et Monographiae, vol. 16 En Préparation

Jean Bellegambe (c. 1470-1535/36) Making, Meaning and Patronage of his WorksAnna Koopstraapprox. 160 p., 10 b/w ills, 105 col. ills, 210 x 297 mm, 2021, approx. € 100 ISBN 978-2-503-57437-0 (HB) Series: Me Fecit, vol. 11 In Preparation

5. ARCHAEOLOGY

Metal Finds and Coins Final Publications from the Danish-German Jerash Northwest Quarter Project IIAchim Lichtenberger, Rubina Raja (eds) xii + 182 p., 47 b/w ills, 19 col. ills, 216 x 280 mm, 2021, € 80 ISBN 978-2-503-58887-2 (PB) / eISBN 978-2-503-58981-7 Series: Jerash Papers, vol. 7 Available

Late Antique Metalware. The Production of Copper-Alloy Vessels between the 4th and 8th Centuries The Benaki Museum Collection and Related MaterialAnastasia Drandaki410 p., 250 col. ills, 216 x 280 mm, 2021, € 85 ISBN 978-2-503-56941-3 (PB) / eISBN 978-2-503-56943-7 Series: Bibliothèque de l’Antiquité Tardive, vol. 37 Available

Fra Angelico Painter, Friar, MysticTimothy Verdonapprox. 384 p., 247 col. ills, 280 x 390 mm, 2021, € 150 ISBN 978-2-503-58033-3 (HB) Series: Arts and the Sacred, vol. 3 In Preparation

Genre androgyneArts, culture visuelle et trouble de la masculinité (XVIIIe-XXe siècle) Damien Delille approx. 320 p., 106 b/w ills, 216 x 280 mm, 2021, approx. € 100 ISBN 978-2-503-58709-7 (PB) Série: The Body in Art, vol. 4 En Préparation

Sacred Images and NormativityContested Forms in Early Modern Art Chiara Franceschini (ed.) 320 p., 37 b/w ills, 97 col. ills, 216 x 280 mm, 2021, approx. € 115 ISBN 978-2-503-58466-9 (HB) / eISBN 978-2-503-59346-3 Series: The Normativity of Sacred Images in Early Modern Europe, vol. 1 In Preparation

Mapping New Territories in Art and Architectural Histories Essays in Honour of Roger StalleyDanielle O’Donovan, Niamh NicGhabhann (eds) approx. 580 p., 160 b/w ills, 50 col. ills, 220 x 280 mm, 2021, approx. € 125 ISBN 978-2-503-56462-3 (PB) Series: Studies in Gothic Art, vol. 3 In Preparation

Radiography and Painting Elisabeth Ravaud, Marie Lionnet - de Loitière, Astrid Rocheapprox. 400 p., 200 b/w ills, 200 col. ills, 240 x 340 mm, 2021, approx. € 150 ISBN 978-2-503-55454-9 (HB) Published outside a Series In Preparation

Les portails romans de Bourgogne Thèmes et programmesMarcello Anghebenapprox. 464 p., 275 col. ills, 225 x 300 mm, 2021, approx. € 100 ISBN 978-2-503-58435-5 (HB) / eISBN 978-2-503-58436-2 Publié hors série En Préparation

Silver SaintsPrayers and Badges in Late Medieval Books Hanneke Van Asperenapprox. 320 p., 50 b/w ills, 87 col. ills, 220 x 280 mm, 2021, approx. € 125 ISBN 978-2-503-58020-3 (HB) Published outside a Series In Preparation

Nouveaux regards sur les saisies patrimoniales en Europe à l’époque de la Révolution française Pierre-Yves Kairis (éd.) 362 p., 100 col. ills, 210 x 297 mm, 2021, € 80 ISBN 978-2-503-58810-0 (PB) Publié hors série Disponible

New Horizons in Trecento Italian Art Bryan Keene, Karl Whittington (eds) approx. 320 p., 200 col. ills, 216 x 280 mm, 2021, approx. € 115 ISBN 978-2-503-58618-2 (HB) Series: Trecento Forum, vol. 2 In Preparation

Typical Venice?The Art of Commodities,13th-16th Centuries Ella Sophie Beaucamp, Philippe Cordez (eds) iv + 268 p., 70 col. ills, 220 x 280 mm, 2021, € 100 ISBN 978-1-912554-30-0 (HB) Series: In the Shadow of the Lion of St. Mark, vol. 2 Available

Bernard de Clairvaux et la philosophie des Cisterciens du XIIe siècle Christian Trottmann700 p., 1 col. ill., 156 x 234 mm, 2021, € 115 ISBN 978-2-503-58528-4 (PB) / eISBN 978-2-503-59441-5 Série: Nutrix, vol. 12 Disponible

The Church of the East in Central Asia and China Samuel N.C. Lieu, Glen Thompson (eds) 260 p., 25 col. ills, 210 x 297 mm, 2021, € 75 ISBN 978-2-503-58664-9 (HB) Series: China and the Mediterranean World, vol. 1 Available

Religions et alimentation Normes alimentaires, organisation sociale et représentations du mondeRémi Gounelle, Anne-Laure Zwilling, Yves Lehmann (éd.) 375 p., 20 col. ills, 156 x 234 mm, 2021, € 85 ISBN 978-2-503-58015-9 (HB) / eISBN 978-2-503-58016-6 Série: Homo Religiosus, vol. 20 Disponible

6. RELIGION, THEOLOGY & MONASTICISM

5 4

Der Traktat des Akakios Chalkeopulos zum Byzantinischen Kirchengesang Akakios ChalkeopulosGerda Wolfram, Christian Troelsgard (eds) 98 p., 40 b/w ills, 178 x 254 mm, 2021, € 45 ISBN 978-2-503-58970-1 (PB) / eISBN 978-2-503-58971-8 Series: Monumenta Musicae Byzantinae - Corpus Scriptorum de Re Musica, vol. 6 Available

Les sphères, les astres et les théologiens L’influence céleste entre science et foi dans les commentaires des Sentences (v. 1220-v. 1340)Maria Sorokina2 vols, approx. xxv + 1302 p., 156 x 234 mm, 2021, approx. € 120 ISBN 978-2-503-59086-8 (PB) / eISBN 978-2-503-59087-5 Série: Studia Sententiarum, vol. 5 En Préparation

The Interlinear Glosses to the « Regula Sancti Benedicti » in LondonBritish Library, Cotton Tiberius A. III, ff.118r-163v with the Anglo-Saxon C. De Bonisapprox. 450 p., 165 x 240 mm, FIDEM, 2021, approx. € 60 ISBN 978-2-503-54266-9 (PB) / eISBN 978-2-503-56384-8 Series: Textes et Etudes du Moyen Âge, vol. 62 In Preparation

Taizé, une parabole d’unité Histoire de la communauté des origines au “concile de jeunes” [trad. française de l’italien Storia della comunità dalle origini al concilio dei giovani]Silvia Scatenaapprox. 610 p., 156 x 234 mm, 2021, € 99 ISBN 978-2-503-58536-9 (PB) / eISBN 978-2-503-58537-6 Série: Bibliothèque de la Revue d’histoire ecclésiastique, vol. 108 En Préparation

La statut de la perception sensible dans les Questions à Thalassios de Maxime le Confesseur Claire Cachia360 p., 156 x 234 mm, 2021, € 75 ISBN 978-2-503-59101-8 (PB) / eISBN 978-2-503-59102-5 Série: Monothéismes et Philosophie, vol. 31 Disponible

Natura aut Voluntas Recherches sur la pensée politique et éthique hellénistique et romaine et son influence Phillip Mitsis394 p., 156 x 234 mm, 2021, € 75 ISBN 978-2-503-58945-9 (PB) Série: Philosophie hellénistique et romaine / Hellenistic and Roman Philosophy, vol. 11 Disponible

Le grec et la philosophie dans la correspondance de Cicéron Sophie Aubert-Baillotapprox. 700 p., 156 x 234 mm, 2021, approx. € 100 ISBN 978-2-503-59155-1 (PB) / eISBN 978-2-503-59156-8 Série: Philosophie hellénistique et romaine / Hellenistic and Roman Philosophy, vol. 12 En Préparation

Homo, Natura, Mundus: Human Beings and Their Relationships Proceedings of the XIV International Congress of the Société Internationale pour l’Étude de la Philosophie Médiévale, July 24-28, 2017, Porto Alegre, BrazilRoberto Hofmeister Pich, Alfredo Storck, Alfredo Culleton (eds) xlv + 979 p., 1 b/w ill., 1 col. ill., 156 x 234 mm, 2021, approx. € 100 ISBN 978-2-503-59263-3 (HB) / eISBN 978-2-503-59264-0 Series: Rencontres de Philosophie Médiévale, vol. 22 In Preparation

The Mustang Archives Analysis of Handwritten Documents via the Study of Papermaking Traditions in NepalAgnieszka Helman-Wazny, Charles Rambleapprox. 360 p., 200 col. ills, 210 x 297 mm, 2021, approx. € 120 ISBN 978-2-503-58534-5 (PB) Series: Silk Road Studies, vol. 20 In Preparation

De historia animalium Translatio Guillelmi de Morbeka, Pars altera: lib. VI-X AristotelesPieter Beullens, Fernand Bossier † (eds) approx. 400 p., 178 x 254 mm, 2021, approx. € 180 ISBN 978-2-503-58665-6 (HB) Series: Aristoteles Latinus, vol. XVII 2.I.2 In Preparation

Passeurs de culture Études sur la transmission de la culture grecque dans le monde romain des Ier-IVe siècles après J.-C.Anne-Marie Favreau-Linder, Sophie Lalanne, Jean-Luc Vix (éd.) approx. 420 p., 156 x 234 mm, 2021, approx. € 85 ISBN 978-2-503-59015-8 (PB) / eISBN 978-2-503-59016-5 Série: Recherches sur les Rhétoriques Religieuses, vol. 32 En Préparation

Buddhāvataṃsaka Literature in Old Uyghur Abdurishid Yakup (ed.) approx. 534 p., 56 col. ills, 210 x 297 mm, 2021, approx. € 90 ISBN 978-2-503-58418-8 (PB) Series: Berliner Turfantexte, vol. 44 In Preparation

Authority Revisited: Towards Thomas More and Erasmus in 1516 Wim François, Violet Soen, Anthony Dupont, Andrea Aldo Robiglio (eds) 604 p., 156 x 234 mm, 2021, € 120 ISBN 978-2-503-59061-5 (HB) / eISBN 978-2-503-59062-2 Series: Lectio, vol. 10 Available

7. PHILOSOPHY & HISTORY OF SCIENCE

8. CLASSICS & ORIENTAL STUDIES

Johann Schreck Terrentius, SJ His European Network and the Origins of the Jesuit Library in PekingNoël Golvers648 p., 8 b/w ills, 30 col. ills, 156 x 234 mm, 2021, € 95 ISBN 978-2-503-58143-9 (HB) / eISBN 978-2-503-58144-6 Series: De Diversis Artibus, vol. 107 (N.S. 70) Available

Répertoire des facteurs d’astrolabes et de leurs œuvres en terre d’Islam I: Texte & II: ImagesFrancis Maddison †, Alain Brieux †, Youssef Ragheb, Bruno Halff2 vols, approx. 900 p., 970 b/w ills, 6 col. ills, 210 x 270 mm, 2021, approx. € 200 ISBN 978-2-503-58637-3 (PB) Publié hors série En Préparation

La cause en est cachée Etudes offertes à Paulette Choné par ses élèves, ses collègues et ses amisMarie Chaufour, Sylvie Taussig (éd.) approx. 500 p., 100 b/w ills, 150 x 210 mm, 2021, approx. € 85 ISBN 978-2-503-54495-3 (PB) / eISBN 978-2-503-56449-4 Série: Les styles du savoir, vol. 20 En Préparation

PREVIOUSLY ANNOUNCED PUBLICATIONS

L’invention du protomartyr Étienne Sainteté, pouvoir et controverse dans l’Antiquité (Ier-VIe s.)Damien Labadieapprox. 640 p., 5 b/w ills, 156 x 234 mm, 2021, approx. € 105 ISBN 978-2-503-59012-7 (PB) / eISBN 978-2-503-59013-4 Série: Judaïsme ancien et origines du christianisme, vol. 21 En Préparation

Revealing Women Feminine Imagery in Gnostic Christian Texts Lavinia Cerioniapprox. 320 p., 156 x 234 mm, 2021, approx. € 70 ISBN 978-2-503-58668-7 (PB) / eISBN 978-2-503-58669-4 Series: Studia Traditionis Theologiae, vol. 35 In Preparation

Lire Grégoire de Nazianze au Xe siècle Études sur Basile le Minime et ses Commentaires aux Discours 4 et 5Gaëlle Rioual395 p., 6 b/w ills, 156 x 234 mm, 2021, € 90 ISBN 978-2-503-58972-5 (HB) / eISBN 978-2-503-58973-2 Série: Instrumenta Patristica et Mediaevalia, vol. 82 En Préparation

In Defence of Faith, Against the Manichaeans Critical Edition and Historical, Literary and Theological Study of the Treatise Aduersus Manichaeos, Attributed to Evodius of UzalisAäron Vanspauwenapprox. 520 p., 2 b/w ills, 156 x 234 mm, 2021, € 120 ISBN 978-2-503-58995-4 (HB) / eISBN 978-2-503-58996-1 Series: Instrumenta Patristica et Mediaevalia, vol. 79 In Preparation

Fasti Ecclesiae Gallicanae Diocèse de Clermont Henri Hoursx + 426 p., 156 x 234 mm, 2021, € 70 ISBN 978-2-503-59274-9 (PB) Série: Fasti Ecclesiae Gallicanae, vol. 21 Disponible

Benedict XVA Pope in the World of the ‘Useless Slaughter’ (1914-1918) Alberto Melloni, Giovanni Cavagnini, Giulia Grossi (eds) 2 vols, 1708 p., 156 x 234 mm, 2021, € 185 ISBN 978-2-503-58289-4 (HB) / eISBN 978-2-503-58290-0 Published outside a Series Disponible

Du créateur biblique au démiurge gnostique Trajectoire et réception du motif du blasphème de l’ArchonteSteve Johnstonapprox. 850 p., 156 x 234 mm, 2021, € 125 ISBN 978-2-503-58496-6 (PB) / eISBN 978-2-503-58497-3 Série: Judaïsme ancien et origines du christianisme, vol. 15 En Préparation

Augustin exégète et prédicateur du premier évangile dans les Sermones in Matthaeum Marie Pauliat722 p., 165 x 250 mm, Institut d’Études Augustiniennes, 2021, € 89 ISBN 978-2-85121-303-7 (PB) Série: Collection des Études Augustiniennes, Série Antiquité, vol. 205 Disponible

Épopée et prédication La poétique d’Avit de Vienne dans le De spiritalis historiae gestisNicole Hecquet-Notiapprox. 280 p., 165 x 250 mm, Institut d’Études Augustiniennes, 2021, approx. € 34 ISBN 978-2-85121-305-1 (PB) Série: Collection des Études Augustiniennes, Série Antiquité, vol. 207 En Préparation

5 5

Grumentum The Epigraphical Landscape of a Roman Town in LucaniaChristian Laes, Alfredo Buonopane248 p., 135 b/w ills, 156 x 234 mm, 2021, € 90 ISBN 978-2-503-58999-2 (PB) / eISBN 978-2-503-59000-4 Series: Giornale Italiano di Filologia - Bibliotheca, vol. 22 Available

La uirtus, la fides et la pietas dans les Punica de Silius Italicus Christophe Burgeonapprox. 536 p., 156 x 234 mm, 2021, approx. € 95 ISBN 978-2-503-59030-1 (PB) / eISBN 978-2-503-59031-8 Série: Giornale Italiano di Filologia - Bibliotheca, vol. 23 En Préparation

Acta Martyrum Scillitanorum A Literary CommentaryVincent Hunink140 p., 156 x 234 mm, 2021, € 45 ISBN 978-2-503-59095-0 (PB) / eISBN 978-2-503-59096-7 Series: Giornale Italiano di Filologia - Bibliotheca, vol. 24 Available

9. CORPVS CHRISTIANORVM

10. RENAISSANCE & EARLY MODERN STUDIES

11. MUSIC HISTORY

Objets Nomades Circulations matérielles, appropriations et formation des identités à l’ère de la première mondialisation, XVIe-XVIIIe sièclesAriane Fennetaux, Anne Marie Miller Blaise, Nancy Oddo (éd.) approx. 327 p., 98 col. ills, 216 x 280 mm, 2021, € 65 ISBN 978-2-503-58707-3 (HB) Série: Techne - Global Matters, vol. 1 En Préparation

Food & History - 18:1-2 Food and Drink in Communist Europe307 p., 1 col. ill., 178 x 254 mm, 2021, € 159 ISBN 978-2-503-58728-8 (PB) Journal: Food & History, vol. 18.1-2 Available

PREVIOUSLY ANNOUNCED PUBLICATIONS

For more information on these titles, check our website on www.brepols.net

Theodoros ProdromosEpistulae et orationes Michiel Op de Coul (ed.) approx. 300 p., 155 x 245 mm, 2021, approx. € 180 ISBN 978-2-503-54413-7 (HB) Series: Corpus Christianorum, vol. 81 In Preparation

Florilegium Coislinianum Δ-Ζ José Maksimczuk (ed.) approx. 400 p., 155 x 245 mm, 2021, approx. € 240 ISBN 978-2-503-58862-9 (HB) Series: Corpus Christianorum, vol. 91 In Preparation Petrus AbaelardusSermones L. J. Engels, Chr. Vande Veire (eds) cxxv + 503 p., 155 x 245 mm, 2021, € 365 ISBN 978-2-503-57701-2 (HB) Series: Corpus Christianorum, vol. 286 Available

Vita et miracula Rosae de Viterbio Attilio Bartoli Langeli, Eleonora Rava, Filippo Sedda (eds) lxxii + 156 p., 13 b/w ills, 155 x 245 mm, 2021, approx. € 135 ISBN 978-2-503-58998-5 (HB) Series: Corpus Christianorum, vol. 306 In Preparation

L’air italien sur la scène des théâtres parisiens (1687-1715) Barbara Nestola484 p., 7 col. ills, 216 x 280 mm, 2021, € 75 ISBN 978-2-503-58363-1 (PB) Série: Music History and Performance: Practices in Context, vol. 3 Disponible

With a Grace Not to Be CapturedRepresenting the Georgian Theatrical Dancer, 1760-1830 Michael Burden, Jennifer Thorp (eds) approx. x + 196 p., 2 b/w ills, 77 col. ills, 216 x 280 mm, 2021, approx. € 100 ISBN 978-2-503-58356-3 (PB) Series: Music and Visual Cultures In Preparation

Hameline, Sur le culte divin et la musique Écrits rassemblésCécile Davy-Rigaux (éd.) approx. 816 p., 216 x 280 mm, 2021, approx. € 110 ISBN 978-2-503-58342-6 (PB) / eISBN 978-2-503-58343-3 Série: Église, liturgie et société dans l’Europe moderne, vol. 04 En Préparation

Luigi CherubiniA Multifaceted Composer at the Turn of the 19th Century Massimiliano Sala (ed.) approx. 300 p., 210 x 270 mm, 2021, approx. € 110 ISBN 978-2-503-59100-1 (HB) Series: Studies on Italian Music History, vol. 14 In Preparation

Ars Antiqua, Music and Culture in Europe c. 1150-1330 Gregorio Bevilacqua, Thomas Payne (eds) xviii + 318 p., 210 x 270 mm, 2021, € 110 ISBN 978-2-503-59099-8 (HB) Series: Speculum musicae, vol. 40 Available

Inequality in rural Europe (Late Middle Ages-18th century)Guido Alfani, Erik Thoen (eds) 190 p., 22 b/w ills, 156 x 234 mm, 2021, € 69 ISBN 978-2-503-59052-3 (PB) / eISBN 978-2-503-59053-0 Series: Comparative Rural History Network- Publications, vol. 18 Available

Charles V, Prince Philip, and the Politics of Succession Imperial Festivities in Mons and Hainault, 1549Margaret McGowan, Margaret Shewring (eds) 377 p., 36 b/w ills, 36 col. ills, 178 x 254 mm, 2021, € 100 ISBN 978-2-503-58615-1 (HB) / eISBN 978-2-503-58616-8 Series: European Festival Studies: 1450-1700 Available

Journal for the History of Environment and Society, Vol. 5COVID-19 and Environmental History233 p., 156 x 234 mm, 2021, € 41 ISBN 978-2-503-58735-6 (PB) Journal: Journal for the History of Environment and Society, vol. 5

Available in OPEN ACCESS on www.brepolsonline.net

5 6

Enrich your database subscription with online access to scholarly monographs and miscellany volumes

- Direct links from a search in one of our bibliographies to the full text on BrepolsOnline - Multiple Collections of eBooks available - Instant online access (upon or shortly after the publication of the print book) - Flexible purchase options for Frontlist, Backlist, and Archive - Transparent price model, including discounts for Collections - Perpetual access rights - MARC records available - COUNTER compliant usage statistics - Content entrusted to the PORTICO Archive

1,900+ BOOKS ONLINENOW

How to expand your eBook Collections ?How to expand your eBook Collections ?

+ Monographs + Monographs

Online BooksMedieval Miscellanea Collection

(Previously: Brepols Miscellanea Online: Essays in Medieval Studies)

Instant online access to miscellany volumes in Medieval Studies.

Online BooksMiscellanea Collection

Instant online access to miscellany volumes in all disciplines in the Humanities traditionally

covered by Brepols.

+ OtherDisciplines

Online BooksMedieval Collection

Monographs and miscellanies in Medieval Studies

Instant online access to miscellany volumes and monographs in Medieval Studies.

Online BooksComplete Collection

Monographs and miscellanies covering a variety of disciplines

Instant online access to miscellany volumes and monographs in all disciplines in the Humanities

traditionally covered by Brepols.

+ OtherDisciplines

[email protected] – www.brepols.net – www.brepolsonline.net

Key Features

Brepols Publishers – Begijnhof 67 – 2300 Turnhout – Belgium – Tel + 32 14 44 80 20 – Fax + 32 14 42 89 [email protected] – www.brepols.net

Order Form / Bon de commande

q I wish to order a copy of / Je souhaite commander un exemplaire de:

Title / Titre: ISBN Price / Prix

Prices exclude VAT and shipping costs / Tous prix hors taxe et frais de port Total:

Name / Nom:

Address / Adresse:

City / Ville: Postcode / Code postale:

Country / Pays:

Tel / Tél: Fax:

E-mail:

VAT n° / n° TVA:

Date: Signature:

An invoice outlining the different payment options will be sent to you together with your order.Une facture précisant les différents modes de paiement vous sera envoyée avec votre commande.

Begijnhof 67 • B-2300 Turnhout (Belgium/Belgique) • Tel: +32 14 44 80 20 • Fax: + 32 14 42 89 [email protected] • www.brepols.net

Brepols Publishers – Begijnhof 67 – 2300 Turnhout – Belgium – Tel: + 32 14 44 80 20 – Fax: + 32 14 42 89 19 – [email protected] – www.brepols.net

ORDER ONLINEThe Brepols online store is available for individuals. Order available books directly online at www.brepols.net

NORTH AMERICAN CUSTOMERS English-language titles published by Brepols and Harvey Miller are now available in North America through:

ISD70 Enterprise Drive, Suite 2Bristol, CT 06010USATel. 860 584-6546 - Fax 860 516 [email protected] - www.isdistribution.com

PRICES All prices are subject to change without prior notice. Prices exclude VAT, and shipping and handling costs, unless otherwise listed. Please accept a price variation when prices are listed approximative, since the fi nal number of pages can be a little bit higher than originally planned. We will inform private customers when the price varies more than 15% from the price listed in the catalogue. For deliveries to customers within the European Union (EU) who do not have a VAT number, VAT will be added according to EU cross-border regulations (that is, individuals currently pay 6% on books). For deliveries to customers outside the European Union, VAT is not chargeable but national (import) duties or GSTs will be applied where necessary; in this case they will be charged through a local customs agent (usually the Post Offi ce or another courier).

POSTAGE COSTS Brepols undertakes to minimise costs of shipment and only charges you the actual cost of the postage. Therefore we can guarantee that no customer will pay more than the offi cial prices stipulated by the Belgian Postal Service.Using the Brepols webshop, you can calculate exact shipping costs for specifi c orders (with different shipping methods and weight)

WHEN WILL THE ORDER BE DELIVERED?Books available at our main warehouse and sent by “non-priority mail” will usually be delivered: - for customers within the European Union: within 2 to 3 weeks- to North America or Australasia: within 3 to 4 weeksOn request products can be sent by courier. Customers may also order publications which are not yet available. The order will be held as pending and fulfilled when the publication becomes available.

PUBLISH WITH BREPOLSBrepols is a long-established, international academic publisher specialising in the humanities. We are independent of any university, any pu-blishing conglomerate and not answerable to a stock exchange. This allows us to work freely, focusing solely on scholarly quality, using our own resources to invest and re-invest in projects which we believe to be of interest to the global scholarly community.For more information on our projects, how to submit a proposal or additional information for authors and contributors, go to: www.brepols.net > ‘Authors & Partners’ >‘Author Information’.

OPEN ACCESSBrepols wishes to ensure that authors have a full suite of publishing options for peer-reviewed research within our respected and highly-re-garded periodicals and book series. We will continue to offer a traditional subscription-based or ‘user pays’ model for our publications. In addition, we offer the following Open Access publication options: Green and Gold Open Access for periodicals; Gold Open Access for books. In any model, we will always provide the same added value and professional services: peer review, copyediting, typesetting and layout, IT hosting, marketing, legal support, publication in print.

EBOOKSBrepolsOnline Books provides instant online access to cutting-edge research in all subject areas of the Humanities. Apart from the ‘Complete Collection’, libraries can also subscribe to several sub-collections. Please contact us for more detailed information.

QUESTIONS OR REMARKS? For complete and up-to-date information on our publications, or for editorial questions, please contact Brepols directly or check our website (www.brepols.net).

5 8

84PD

2767

Brepols Publishers – Begijnhof 67 – 2300 Turnhout – Belgium – Tel + 32 14 44 80 20 – Fax + 32 14 42 89 [email protected] – www.brepols.net

Follow us on :

THE JOURNAL OF MEDIEVAL LATINwww.brepolsonline.net /loi/jml

To celebrate the 30th

anniversary of TheJournal of Medieval Latin, you can now purchase the online archive (1991-2011) at 30% o�f.

Offer valid until 31 December 2021. Contact: [email protected]